MAXXIM MEDICAL INC
S-4, 1996-10-01
ORTHOPEDIC, PROSTHETIC & SURGICAL APPLIANCES & SUPPLIES
Previous: WEST COAST REALTY INVESTORS INC, POS AM, 1996-10-01
Next: LIDAK PHARMACEUTICALS, 8-K, 1996-10-01



                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 1, 1996
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                          -----------------------------


                              MAXXIM MEDICAL, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

         TEXAS                       3841, 3842, 3845           76-0291634
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial  (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)  Classification Code Numbers) Identification No.)

                              104 INDUSTRIAL BLVD.
                             SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478
                                 (713) 240-5588

          (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
             area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)

                          -----------------------------

                               KENNETH W. DAVIDSON
                              MAXXIM MEDICAL, INC.
                              104 INDUSTRIAL BLVD.
                             SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478
                                 (713) 240-5588

           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)

                          -----------------------------


                                 WITH A COPY TO:
                               JOHN R. BOYER, JR.
                               DAVID A. JONES, JR.
                       BOYER, EWING & HARRIS, INCORPORATED
                          9 GREENWAY PLAZA, SUITE 3100
                              HOUSTON, TEXAS 77046
                                 (713) 871-2025

                          -----------------------------

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered in connection
with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General
Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]

                                   CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             PROPOSED        PROPOSED
             TITLE OF EACH                                   MAXIMUM         MAXIMUM         AMOUNT OF
          CLASS OF SECURITIES              AMOUNT TO BE      OFFERING       AGGREGATE       REGISTRATION
            TO BE REGISTERED                REGISTERED        PRICE          OFFERING           FEE
                                                             PER UNIT (1)     PRICE (1)
<C>                                        <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>       
10-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006   $100,000,000        100%       $ 100,000,000      $34,482.76
========================================   ================ ============== ================  ==============
</TABLE>

(1)     Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
        pursuant to Rule 457.

        The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration
Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement
shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such
Section 8(a), may determine.
<PAGE>
                                     MAXXIM MEDICAL, INC.
                                     CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

         Pursuant to Item 501(b) of Regulation S-K showing location in
          the Prospectus of Information Required by Items in Form S-4
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM IN FORM S-4                                                 CAPTION IN PROSPECTUS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>                                             
1.   Forepart of the Registration Statement and
     Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus........................Facing Page; Cross-Reference Sheet; Outside
                                                                   Front Cover Page of Prospectus

2.   Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages
     of Prospectus.................................................Available Information; Table of Contents; Inside
                                                                   Front Cover Pages of Prospectus

3.   Risk Factors, Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
     Charges and Other Information.................................Summary; Risk Factors; Ratio of Earnings to
                                                                   Fixed Charges; The Exchange Offer; Selected
                                                                   Consolidated Financial Data

4.   Terms of the Transaction......................................Summary; Risk Factors; The Prior Offer; Exchange Offer;
                                                                   Description of Notes; Incorporation of Certain Documents
                                                                   by Reference

5.   Pro Forma Financial Information...............................Summary; Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data

6.   Material Contacts with the Company Being
     Acquired......................................................Not Applicable

7.   Additional Information Required for
     Reoffering by Persons and Parties Deemed to
     be Underwriters...............................................Not Applicable

8.   Interests of Named Experts and Counsel........................Legal Matters; Experts

9.   Disclosure of Commission Position on
     Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities................Not Applicable

10.  Information with Respect to S-3 Registrants...................Prospectus Cover Page; Available Information;
                                                                   Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference;
                                                                   Summary; Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data; Selected
                                                                   Consolidated Financial Data; Management's Discussion
                                                                   and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                                                                   Operations; Index to Financial Statements

11.  Incorporation of Certain Information by
     Reference......................................................Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference

12.  Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3
     Registrants...................................................Not Applicable

13.  Incorporation of Certain Information by
     Reference.....................................................Not Applicable

14.  Information with Respect to Registrants
     Other than S-3 or S-2 Registrants.............................Not Applicable

15.  Information with Respect to S-3 Companies.....................Not Applicable

16.  Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3
     Companies.....................................................Not Applicable

17.  Information with Respect to Companies other
     than S-3 or S-2 Companies.....................................Not Applicable

18.  Information if Proxies, Consents or
     Authorizations are to be Solicited............................Not Applicable

19.  Information if Proxies, Consents or
     Authorizations are not to be Solicited or in
     an Exchange Offer.............................................Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference
</TABLE>
                                        2
<PAGE>
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 1, 1996

                              MAXXIM MEDICAL, INC.
                                Offer to Exchange
                                 All Outstanding
                   10-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006
                   ($100,000,000 principal amount outstanding)
                 For 10-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006

     The Exchange Offer and withdrawal rights will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on _____________, 1996 (as such date may be extended, the "Expiration
Date").

     Maxxim Medical, Inc., a Texas corporation ("Maxxim" or the "Company")
hereby offers (the "Exchange Offer"), upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this Prospectus and the accompanying letter of
transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), to exchange $1,000 in principal
amount of its 10-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the "New Notes") for
each $1,000 in principal amount of its outstanding 10-1/2% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2006 (the "Old Notes") (the Old Notes and the New Notes are
collectively referred to herein as the "Notes"). An aggregate principal amount
of $100,000,000 of Old Notes is outstanding. See "The Exchange Offer."

     Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states
that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will
not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time
to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes
received in exchange for Notes where such Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities. The Company has agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date (as
defined herein) and ending on the close of business one year after the
Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for
use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."

     The Company will accept for exchange any and all Old Notes that are validly
tendered prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Tenders
of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any
minimum principal amount of the Old Notes being tendered for exchange. However,
the Exchange Offer is subject to the terms and provisions of the Registration
Rights Agreement, dated as of July 30, 1996 (the "Registration Rights
Agreement"), among the Company, NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc. and Bear,
Stearns & Co. Inc. (the "Initial Purchasers"). The Old Notes may be tendered
only in multiples of $1,000. See "The Exchange Offer."



   SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 16 HEREIN FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN
  RISKS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY HOLDERS IN EVALUATING THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
     AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
          PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
              REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE

                 The date of this Prospectus is _________, 1996

<PAGE>
     The Old Notes were issued in a transaction (the "Prior Offering") pursuant
to which the Company issued an aggregate of $100,000,000 principal amount of the
Old Notes to the Initial Purchasers on July 30, 1996 (the "Closing Date")
pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated July 18, 1996 (the "Purchase
Agreement"), among the Company and the Initial Purchasers. The Initial
Purchasers subsequently resold the Old Notes in reliance on Rule 144A under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The Company and the
Initial Purchasers also entered into the Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant
to which the Company granted certain registration rights for the benefit of the
holders of the Old Notes. The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy certain of
the Company's obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement with respect
to the Old Notes. See "The Exchange Offer - Purpose and Effect."

     The Old Notes were issued under the Indenture, dated as of July 30, 1996
among the Company, Maxxim Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly
owned subsidiary of the Company ("Maxxim Delaware"), Fabritek la Romana, Inc., a
Mississippi corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Maxxim Delaware
("Fabritek"), Maxxim Medical Canada Limited, a Canadian corporation and a wholly
owned subsidiary of Maxxim Delaware ("Maxxim Canada"), Medica B.V., a
Netherlands corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Maxxim Delaware
("Maxxim Netherlands"), Medica Hospital Supplies, N.V., a Belgian corporation
and a wholly owned subsidiary of Maxxim Delaware ("Maxxim Belgium"), and Maxxim
Acquisition Co., a Virginia corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Maxxim
Delaware ("Maxxim Acquisition"), and First Union National Bank of North
Carolina, as trustee (in such capacity, the "Trustee"). The New Notes will be
issued under such Indenture, as amended by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated
as of _______________, 1996, among the Company, Maxxim Delaware, Fabritek,
Maxxim Canada, Maxxim Netherlands, Maxxim Belgium, Sterile Concepts Holdings,
Inc., a Virginia corporation, successor by merger to Maxxim Acquisition and a
wholly owned subsidiary of Maxxim Delaware ("Sterile Concepts"), Sterile
Concepts, Inc., a Virginia corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Sterile
Concepts ("SCI"), Associated Medical Products Company ("AMP"), a Minnesota
corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Sterile Concepts, and Sterile
Concepts Limited, a corporation existing under the laws of the United Kingdom
and a wholly owned subsidiary of Sterile Concepts ("Sterile Limited"), pursuant
to which Sterile Concepts, SCI, AMP and Sterile Limited became guarantors of the
Notes (the Indenture, as supplemented, being hereinafter referred to as the
"Indenture").

     The form and terms of the New Notes will be identical in all material
respects to the form and terms of the Old Notes, except that (i) the New Notes
have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear
legends restricting the transfer thereof, (ii) holders of New Notes will not be
entitled to liquidated damages equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 principal
amount of Old Notes held by such holders (up to a maximum amount of $0.30 per
week per $1,000 principal amount) otherwise payable under the terms of the
Registration Rights Agreement in respect of the Old Notes held by such holders
during any period in which a Registration Default (as defined) is continuing
(the "Liquidated Damages") and (iii) holders of New Notes will not be, and upon
the consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of Old Notes will no longer be,
entitled to certain rights under the Registration Rights Agreement intended for
the holders of unregistered securities. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed
consummated upon the occurrence of the delivery by the Company to First Union
National Bank of North Carolina, as registrar of the Old Notes (in such
capacity, the "Registrar") under the Indenture of New Notes in the same
aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Old Notes that
are validly tendered by holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. See "The
Exchange Offer - Termination of Certain Rights" and "Procedures for Tendering
Old Notes" and "Description of Notes."

     The New Notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 10-1/2% per annum.
Interest on the New Notes is payable semiannually, commencing February 1, 1997,
on February 1 and August 1 of each year (each, an "Interest Payment Date") and
shall accrue from July 30, 1996 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date
with respect to the Old Notes to which interest was paid or for which interest
was duly provided. The New Notes will mature on August 1, 2006. See "Description
of Notes."

     The New Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to
August 1, 2001. Thereafter, the New Notes will be redeemable by the Company at
the redemption prices, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date, and subject to the conditions
set forth in "Description of

                                        2
<PAGE>
Notes - Optional Redemption." Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as
defined herein), each Holder of a New Note will have the right to require the
Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple
thereof) of such Holder's New Notes at 101% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of
purchase. There is no assurance that the Company will have adequate funds to
repurchase the New Notes upon a Change in Control. See "Description of Notes -
Repurchase of New Notes at the Option of the Holders - Change of Control."

     The New Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Company
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness
(as defined herein) of the Company, including borrowings under the Credit
Agreement (as defined herein). The New Notes will also be effectively
subordinated to all of the indebtedness of the Company's Subsidiaries. As of
August 4, 1996, the Notes will be subordinate to approximately $122,300,000 of
outstanding Senior Indebtedness and senior to approximately $28,750,000 of
indebtedness. See "Description of Notes." See also "Management's's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and
Capital Resources." The Indenture permits the Company and its subsidiaries to
incur additional indebtedness, including additional Senior Indebtedness subject
to certain financial covenants.

     Based on existing interpretations of the Securities Act by the staff of the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") set forth in "no-action"
letters issued to third parties, the Company believes that New Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer to any holder of Old Notes in exchange for Old
Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by such holder
(other than a broker-dealer who purchased Old Notes directly from the Company
for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available
exemption under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such holder
is not an affiliate of the Company, is acquiring the New Notes in the ordinary
course of business and is not participating, and has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the New
Notes. Holders wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must represent to the
Company, as required by the Registration Rights Agreement, that such conditions
have been met. In addition, if such holder is not a broker-dealer, it must
represent that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a
distribution of the New Notes. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for
its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Notes were acquired by
such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such New Notes. See "The Exchange Offer - Resales of the New
Notes" and "Plan of Distribution." This Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection
with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old
Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other
trading activities.

     As of _____________, 1996, Cede & Co. ("Cede"), as nominee for The
Depository Trust Company, New York, New York ("DTC"), was the sole registered
holder of the Old Notes and held the Old Notes for ____________ of its
participants. The Company believes that no such participant is an affiliate (as
such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) of the Company. There
has previously been only a limited secondary market, and no public market, for
the Old Notes. The Old Notes are eligible for trading in the Private Offering,
Resales and Trading through Automatic Linkages ("PORTAL") market. In addition,
the Initial Purchasers have advised the Company that they currently intend to
make a market in the New Notes; however, the Initial Purchasers are not
obligated to do so and any market making activities may be discontinued by the
Initial Purchasers at any time. Therefore, there can be no assurance that an
active market for the New Notes will develop. If such a trading market develops
for the New Notes, future trading prices will depend on many factors, including,
among other things, prevailing interest rates, the Company's results of
operations and the market for similar securities. Depending on such factors, the
New Notes may trade at a discount from their face value. See "Risk Factors -
Lack of Public Market."

     The Company will not receive any proceeds from this Exchange Offer.
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will bear certain
registration expenses.

     THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS NOT BEING MADE TO, NOR WILL THE COMPANY ACCEPT
SURRENDERS FOR EXCHANGE FROM, HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH

                                        3
<PAGE>
THE EXCHANGE OFFER OR THE ACCEPTANCE THEREOF WOULD NOT BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION.

     The Old Notes were issued originally in global form (the "Global Old
Note"). The Global Old Note was deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC, as the
initial depository with respect to the Old Notes (in such capacity, the
"Depositary"). The Global Old Note is registered in the name of Cede, as nominee
of DTC, and beneficial interests in the Global Old Note are shown on, and
transfers thereof are effected only through, records maintained by the
Depositary and its participants. The use of the Global Old Note to represent
certain of the Old Notes permits the Depositary's participants, and anyone
holding a beneficial interest in an Old Note registered in the name of such a
participant, to transfer interests in the Old Notes electronically in accordance
with the Depositary's established procedures without the need to transfer a
physical certificate. New Notes issued in exchange for the Global Old Note will
also be issued initially as a note in global form (the "Global New Note," and,
together with the Global Old Note, the "Global Notes") and deposited with, or on
behalf of, the Depositary. After the initial issuance of the Global New Note,
New Notes in certificated form will be issued in exchange for a holder's
proportionate interest in the Global New Note only as set forth in the
Indenture.

                                        4
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           PAGE

Available Information ...................................................    6

Incorporation of Certain Documents
 by Reference ...........................................................    6

Prospectus Summary ......................................................    8

Risk Factors ............................................................   16

The Exchange Offer ......................................................   22

Use of Proceeds .........................................................   29

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges ......................................   29

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data ......................................   29

Selected Consolidated Financial Data ....................................   35

Management's Discussion and
 Analysis of Financial Condition
 and Results of Operations ..............................................   36

Description of Notes ....................................................   43

Description of Certain Indebtedness .....................................   69

Plan of Distribution ....................................................   70

Legal Matters ...........................................................   71

Experts .................................................................   71

                                        5
<PAGE>
                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

        The Company has filed a registration statement on Form S-4 (together
with any amendments thereto, the "Registration Statement") with the Commission
under the Securities Act with respect to the New Notes. This Prospectus, which
constitutes a part of the Registration Statement, omits certain information
contained in the Registration Statement and reference is made to the
Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto for further
information with respect to the Company and the New Notes offered hereby. This
Prospectus contains summaries of the material terms and provisions of certain
documents and in each instance reference is made to the Registration Statement
and the exhibits and schedules thereto for further information with respect to
the Company and the New Notes offered hereby. This Prospectus contains summaries
of the material terms and provisions of certain documents and in each instance
reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement. Each such summary is qualified in its entirety by such
reference.

        The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and, in accordance
therewith, is required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other
information with the Commission relating to its business, financial condition
and other matters. Information as of particular dates concerning the directors
and officers of the Company, their remuneration, options granted to them and
other matters, the principal holders of the securities issued by the Company,
and any material interest of such persons in transactions with the Company, is
required to be disclosed in such filings. The Company has further agreed that,
whether or not it is required to do so by the rules and regulations of the
Commission, for so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish
to the holders of the Notes and file with the Trustee, within 15 days after it
is or would have been required to file such with the Commission (i) all
quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be
contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company
is or were required to file such forms, including a "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and, with respect to
the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company's independent
accountants, and (ii) all reports that are or would be required to be filed with
the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company is or were required to file such
reports. In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of
the Commission, at any time after the Company files a registration statement
with respect to the Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration Statement, the
Company will file a copy of all such information and reports with the Commission
for public availability (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing)
and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective
investors upon request. In addition, for so long as any of the Notes remain
outstanding, the Company has agreed to furnish to the Holders and to securities
analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required
by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

        The Registration Statement (including the exhibits and schedules
thereto) and the periodic reports and other information filed by the Company
with the Commission may be inspected without charge at the public reference
facilities of the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC
20549, and at the regional offices of the Commission located at 7 World Trade
Center, Suite 1300, New York, NY 10048 and Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, IL 60661. Copies of such information may be
obtained by mail, upon payment of the Commission's customary charges, by writing
to the Commission's principal office at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC
20549. Such material should also be available for inspection at the library of
the New York Stock Exchange, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005. The
Company's shares are listed and traded on the NYSE under the symbol "MAM."

                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

        The following documents filed by the Company or by Sterile Concepts
Holdings, Inc. with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act, are hereby
incorporated by reference, except as superseded or modified herein: (i) the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 29, 1995,
(ii) the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended
February 4, 1996, (iii) the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
fiscal quarter ended May 5, 1996, (iv) the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended August 4, 1996, (v) the Company's Report on
Form 8-K describing the acquisition by the Company of Sterile Concepts Holdings,
Inc., filed with the Commission on August 14, 1996, as amended by
Amendment No. 1 to Form 8-K filed with the

                                        6
<PAGE>
Commission on October __, 1996, (vi) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Sterile
Concepts Holdings, Inc. for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, and (vii)
the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Sterile Concepts Holdings, Inc. for the
fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1996.

        All documents filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to
Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date hereof and
prior to termination of the Exchange Offer shall be deemed to be incorporated by
reference into this Prospectus and to be a part hereof from the respective dates
of filing of such documents. Any statement contained herein or in a document
incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to
be modified or superseded for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a
statement contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document which
also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference herein modifies or
supersedes such statement. Any statement or document so modified or superseded
shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part
of this Prospectus.

        As used herein, the terms "Prospectus" and "herein" mean this
Prospectus, including the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated
herein by reference, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the
contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily
complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or
other document, copies of which are available from the Company as described
below, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

        The Company undertakes to provide, without charge, to each person,
including any beneficial owner, to whom a copy of this Prospectus is delivered,
upon written or oral request of such person, a copy of any and all of the
documents or information referred to above that has been or may be incorporated
by reference in this Prospectus (excluding exhibits to such documents unless
such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference). Requests should be
directed to Maxxim Medical, Inc., 104 Industrial Boulevard, Sugar Land, Texas,
77478, Attn: Chief Operating Officer, telephone (713) 240-5588. In order to
ensure timely delivery of the documents, any request should be made by
______________, 1996.

                                        7
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY INFORMATION IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND
SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH, THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL
DATA INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS, INCLUDING THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND NOTES THERETO INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. MARKET DATA USED
THROUGHOUT THIS PROSPECTUS WERE OBTAINED OR EXTRAPOLATED FROM INDUSTRY
PUBLICATIONS WHICH THE COMPANY BELIEVES TO BE RELIABLE, BUT THE ACCURACY THEREOF
IS NOT GUARANTEED. AS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, UNLESS THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE
REQUIRES, THE TERM "COMPANY" REFERS TO MAXXIM MEDICAL, INC., A TEXAS
CORPORATION, TOGETHER WITH MAXXIM DELAWARE AND ITS DIRECT AND INDIRECT
SUBSIDIARIES, TOGETHER WITH ANY PREDECESSORS. THE ISSUANCE OF THE OLD NOTES AND
THE CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT ARE
HEREINAFTER SOMETIMES REFERRED TO AS THE "FINANCING TRANSACTIONS." FOR A
DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN MATTERS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE
PARTICIPANTS IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER, SEE "RISK FACTORS."

                                   THE COMPANY

        On July 30, 1996, the Company consummated the acquisition (the
"Acquisition") of 98.4% of the issued and outstanding common stock of Sterile
Concepts Holdings, Inc., a Virginia corporation ("Sterile Concepts"), the second
largest supplier of custom procedure trays in the United States,for cash of
approximately $144.7 million, which includes the repayment of $34.2 million of
Sterile Concepts' debt. On September 18, 1996, the Company merged Maxxim
Acquisition with and into Sterile Concepts. The Company's acquisition of Sterile
Concepts has significantly enhanced the Company's position as a major
diversified manufacturer of single-use specialty medical products, and
substantially increased the Company's market share in the custom procedure tray
industry. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the Acquisition, the
Company would have had combined sales of $502.3 million, and EBITDA (as defined
herein) of $56.6 million, for the Company's fiscal year ended October 29, 1995.

                                COMPANY OVERVIEW

        The Company is a major manufacturer and developer of a diversified range
of specialty medical products and a leading supplier of single-use, custom
procedure trays and non-latex medical examination gloves to hospitals, clinics
and outpatient surgery centers. The primary business of the Company is the
manufacture and sale of approximately 20,000 single-use specialty medical
products, most of which are used on a daily basis in medical treatment
facilities throughout the world. In addition, upon consummation of the
Acquisition the Company became the second largest supplier of custom procedure
trays in the United States. Custom procedure trays are sterilized kits
containing the single-use products used in surgical or other medical procedures,
and serve as a distribution vehicle for Company-manufactured products. The
custom procedure trays increasingly include Company-manufactured products, which
results in higher margins than inclusion of components purchased from others.
Hospitals and other surgical centers are using more custom procedure trays, in
part because these trays promote efficiency and productivity by consolidating
into a single package the disposable products used in specific medical
procedures, thereby reducing set-up time and lowering inventory levels
maintained by hospitals and clinics. Use of custom procedure trays also reduces
the risks of product contamination and transmission of infectious disease and
allows easier identification of costs associated with specific medical
procedures.

        The Company conducts its operations through three divisions. The Case
Management division manufactures, assembles and sells custom procedure trays for
a wide variety of operating room procedures, complete lines of surgical gloves
and medical exam gloves, infection control apparel for operating room personnel,
patient draping systems, and electrosurgical products. The Argon Medical
division manufactures and markets guidewires, needles, introducers, catheters,
manifolds, transducers, high pressure syringes and certain other sterilized
single-use medical and surgical specialty products, which are used in the
Company's procedure trays or are sold separately. This division also assembles
and markets procedure trays for use primarily in cardiology and interventional
radiology procedures. MAXXIM Medical Europe, the Company's third division,
serves as the European manufacturer and distributor of the Company's products.
The Company is currently in the process of integrating Sterile Concepts into its
Case Management Division.

        Since its inception, the Company has grown through a series of
acquisitions and development of new products. As a result, the Company has a
diversified product mix, with no single product constituting more than 5% of net
sales.

                                        8
<PAGE>
The Company has experienced significant growth since 1991, principally by
successfully integrating six major acquisitions (prior to the Acquisition) into
its existing specialty medical products business.

                            STERILE CONCEPTS OVERVIEW

        Prior to the Acquisition, Sterile Concepts was the second largest
producer of custom procedure trays in the United States, with net sales of
$146.8 million in fiscal 1995. Sterile Concepts assembles, packages and
sterilizes custom procedure trays for hospitals, outpatient surgery centers and
medical clinics. All of the items included in the Sterile Concepts' custom
procedure trays are disposable and include such items as gowns and drapes,
sutures, endoscopic instruments, needles, gloves, tubing, sponges, towels and
gauze. Sterile Concepts' trays are designed to meet individual customer
specifications and range from simple basin sets to complex trays for open heart
surgery. As of September 30, 1995, Sterile Concepts was selling custom procedure
trays to approximately 2,300 individual accounts composed primarily of hospitals
and affiliated outpatient surgery centers.

                              ACQUISITION STRATEGY

        The Company's prior acquisitions have allowed the Company either to
expand its customer base, increase product offerings or achieve further vertical
integration. Management believes that the highly fragmented medical products
industry, in conjunction with recent trends by buyers of medical products to
consolidate supply purchases among fewer suppliers, will continue to provide
strategic acquisition opportunities for the Company. The goal of the Company's
acquisition strategy is to broaden its offering of single-use products into the
surgical suite, and enhance profit margins by including more
Company-manufactured products in its custom procedure trays. Management will
continue to consider acquisitions that complement or expand its product lines.

        Management believes that the Acquisition has provided or will provide
the following benefits: (i) increased market share in the custom tray market,
(ii) greater access to national buying groups, (iii) critical mass to compete
more efficiently in the changing healthcare industry, (iv) enhanced ability to
service efficiently a geographically diverse customer base through expanded
nationwide operations, (v) greater efficiencies of scale through improved
facility utilization, enhanced purchasing power and improved logistics, (vi)
improved profit margin through vertical integration, and (vii) a broadened
management team.

                                 INDUSTRY TRENDS

        The Company's products compete in the multi-billion dollar market for
specialty medical products. Management believes that demand for products
manufactured and distributed by the Company has been favorably impacted by the
emphasis on less invasive surgical procedures, outpatient care and the
continuing pressure to utilize low-cost, single-use medical products to improve
productivity, contain costs and reduce the transmission of infectious diseases.
Demographic trends, such as the aging of the population, have also had a
favorable effect on the demand for the Company's products since older people
generally require more medical care and undergo more surgical procedures. Many
hospitals and other healthcare providers are forming alliances and purchasing
their medical products on a national accounts basis, which favors suppliers who
can bundle multiple products and supply a large volume and variety of these
products. Management believes that these trends will continue to benefit the
Company as it grows and diversifies its product lines.

        Efforts to contain rising healthcare costs have increased the demand for
medical products that improve the productivity of healthcare professionals and
reduce overall provider costs. The ease of set-up and decreased turnaround times
resulting from the use of custom procedure trays are particularly beneficial to
outpatient surgery centers, which typically have limited storage space and fewer
staff members than hospitals. The risks of transmission of infectious diseases
such as AIDS, hepatitis and tuberculosis, and related concerns about the
occupational safety of healthcare professionals, have also contributed to an
increased demand for sterile, single-use products and, consequently, custom
procedure trays. The Company believes that industry sales growth has been
limited by the inability to increase average unit price as a result of increased
price competition and pressure from hospitals to lower costs. Group buying
contracts have also increased pricing pressure as they have become a more
important factor in the hospital's purchasing decision.

                                        9
<PAGE>
        Although the number of surgical procedures performed in Europe is
approximately equivalent to the number of surgical procedures performed in the
U.S., the use of single-use products and custom procedure trays in Europe is not
as prevalent as in the U.S. The Company believes that European healthcare
providers will increase their use of disposable products and custom procedure
trays for substantially the same reasons that caused U.S. healthcare providers
to do so. Certain European countries have implemented healthcare price controls
and experienced consolidation of hospitals and shifting of surgical procedures
away from hospitals towards outpatient surgery centers. The Company believes
that these developments will increase the demand among European healthcare
providers for the greater efficiency and productivity associated with the
single-use products of the type it manufactures.

                              STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES

        The Company's long-term strategic objectives are to (i) improve its
profitability, (ii) reduce its long-term indebtedness, (iii) pursue strategic
acquisitions that promote its vertical integration strategy, or complement its
existing product offering and increase market share, (iv) accelerate the
development of new products that complement existing product lines, (v) expand
international operations, (vi) emphasize the sale of the entire range of the
Company's products to large buying groups and healthcare provider networks, and
(vii) increase productivity by maximizing the utilization of existing
facilities.

                       RECENT TRANSACTIONS BY THE COMPANY

        In July and September, 1996, respectively, the Company completed the
tender offer (the "Tender Offer"), and the merger of Maxxim Acquisition with and
into Sterile Concepts (the "Merger"), pursuant to which the Company acquired all
of the stock of Sterile Concepts for $20.00 per share in cash, in accordance
with the terms of a Plan and Agreement of Merger dated as of June 10, 1996 (the
"Merger Agreement"). The total amount of funds required to complete the
Acquisition and pay related fees and expenses, was approximately $127.3 million.
In connection with the closing of the Tender Offer, the Company also refinanced
existing Maxxim Delaware debt of approximately $72.6 million and Sterile
Concepts debt of approximately $34.2 million. Funds for the Acquisition and such
debt repayment consisted of (i) cash on hand, (ii) net proceeds from the Prior
Offering, and (iii) approximately $127.3 million of borrowings under a $165
million Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") between Maxxim and NationsBank
of Texas, N.A. ("NationsBank"), an affiliate of NationsBanc Capital Markets,
Inc. ("NCMI"), one of the Initial Purchasers. See "Available Information;"
"Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference;" "Description of Certain
Indebtedness -- Credit Agreement."

                               THE PRIOR OFFERING

        The outstanding $100.0 million principal amount of Old Notes were sold
by the Company to the Initial Purchasers on the Closing Date pursuant to the
Purchase Agreement among the Company and the Initial Purchasers. The Initial
Purchasers subsequently resold the Old Notes in reliance on Rule 144A under the
Securities Act. The Company and the Initial Purchasers also entered into the
Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to which the Company granted certain
registration rights for the benefit of the holders of the Old Notes. The
Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy certain of the Company's obligations under
the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Old Notes. See "The
Exchange Offer" and "The Exchange Offer - Purpose and Effect."

                                       10
<PAGE>
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER

The Exchange Offer..............................The Company is offering upon the
                                                terms and subject to the
                                                conditions set forth herein and
                                                in the accompanying letter of
                                                transmittal (the "Letter of
                                                Transmittal"), to exchange
                                                $1,000 in principal amount of
                                                its 10-1/2% Senior Subordinated
                                                Notes due 2006 (the "New Notes,"
                                                with the Old Notes and the New
                                                Notes collectively referred to
                                                herein as the "Notes") for each
                                                $1,000 in principal amount of
                                                the outstanding Old Notes (the
                                                "Exchange Offer"). As of the
                                                date of this Prospectus, $100.0
                                                million in aggregate principal
                                                amount of the Old Notes is
                                                outstanding, the maximum amount
                                                authorized by the Indenture for
                                                all Notes. As of _____________,
                                                1996, there was one registered 
                                                holder of the Old Notes, Cede 
                                                & Co. ("Cede"), which held the 
                                                Old Notes for _______ of its 
                                                participants. See the "Exchange
                                                Offer - Terms of the Exchange 
                                                Offer."

Expiration Date.................................5:00 p.m., New York City time,
                                                on _______ ______, 1996 as the
                                                same may be extended. See "The
                                                Exchange Offer - Expiration
                                                Date; Extensions; Amendments."

Conditions of the Exchange Offer................The Exchange Offer is not
                                                conditioned upon any minimum
                                                principal amount of Old Notes
                                                being tendered for exchange. The
                                                only condition to the Exchange
                                                Offer is the declaration by the
                                                Commission of the effectiveness
                                                of the Registration Statement of
                                                which this Prospectus
                                                constitutes a part. See "The
                                                Exchange Offer - Conditions of
                                                the Exchange Offer."

Termination of Certain Rights...................Pursuant to the Registration
                                                Rights Agreement, holders of Old
                                                Notes (i) have rights to receive
                                                Liquidated Damages and (ii) have
                                                certain rights intended for the
                                                holders of unregistered
                                                securities. "Liquidated Damages"
                                                means damages of $0.05 per week
                                                per $1,000 principal amount of
                                                Old Notes (up to a maximum of
                                                $0.30 per week per $1,000
                                                principal amount) during the
                                                period in which a Registration
                                                Default is continuing pursuant
                                                to the terms of the Registration
                                                Rights Agreement. Holders of New
                                                Notes will not be and, upon
                                                consummation of the Exchange
                                                Offer, holders of Old Notes will
                                                no longer be, entitled to (i)
                                                the right to receive the
                                                Liquidated Damages or (ii)
                                                certain other rights under the
                                                Registration Rights Agreement
                                                intended for holders of
                                                unregistered securities. See
                                                "The Exchange Offer -
                                                Termination of Certain Rights"
                                                and "Procedures for Tendering
                                                Old Notes."

                                       11
<PAGE>
Accrued Interest................................The New Notes will bear interest
                                                at a rate equal to 10- 1/2% per
                                                annum. Interest accrues from
                                                July 30, 1996 or from the most
                                                recent Interest Payment Date
                                                with respect to the Old Notes to
                                                which interest was paid or duly
                                                provided for. See "Description
                                                of Notes - Principal, Maturity
                                                and Interest."

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes..............Unless a tender of Old Notes is
                                                effected pursuant to the
                                                procedures for book-entry
                                                transfer as provided herein,
                                                each holder desiring to accept
                                                the Exchange Offer must complete
                                                and sign the Letter of
                                                Transmittal, have the signature
                                                thereon guaranteed if required
                                                by the Letter of Transmittal,
                                                and mail or deliver the Letter
                                                of Transmittal, together with
                                                the Old Notes or a Notice of
                                                Guaranteed Delivery and any
                                                other required documents (such
                                                as evidence of authority to act,
                                                if the Letter of Transmittal is
                                                signed by someone acting in a
                                                fiduciary or representative
                                                capacity), to the Exchange Agent
                                                (as defined) at the address set
                                                forth on the back cover page of
                                                this Prospectus prior to 5:00
                                                p.m., New York City time, on the
                                                Expiration Date. Any Beneficial
                                                Owner (as defined) of the Old
                                                Notes whose Old Notes are
                                                registered in the name of the
                                                nominee, such as a broker,
                                                dealer, commercial bank or trust
                                                company and who wishes to tender
                                                Old Notes in the Exchange Offer,
                                                should instruct such entity or
                                                person to promptly tender on
                                                such Beneficial Owner's behalf.
                                                See "The Exchange Offer -
                                                Procedures for Tendering Old
                                                Notes."

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures..................Holders of Old Notes who wish to
                                                tender their Old Notes and (i)
                                                whose Old Notes are not
                                                immediately available or (ii)
                                                who cannot deliver their Old
                                                Notes or any other documents
                                                required by the Letter of
                                                Transmittal to the Exchange
                                                Agent prior to the Expiration
                                                Date (or complete the procedure
                                                for book- entry transfer on a
                                                timely basis), may tender their
                                                Old Notes according to the
                                                guaranteed delivery procedures
                                                set forth in the Letter of
                                                Transmittal. See "The Exchange
                                                Offer - Guaranteed Delivery
                                                Procedures."

Acceptance of Old Notes and Delivery
 of New Notes...................................Upon effectiveness of the
                                                Registration Statement of which
                                                this Prospectus constitutes a
                                                part and consummation of the
                                                Exchange Offer, the Company will
                                                accept any and all Old Notes
                                                that are properly tendered in
                                                the Exchange Offer prior to 5:00
                                                p.m., New York City time, on the
                                                Expiration Date. The New Notes
                                                issued pursuant to the Exchange
                                                Offer will be delivered promptly
                                                after acceptance of the Old
                                                Notes. See "The Exchange Offer -
                                                Acceptance of Old Notes for
                                                Exchange; Delivery of New Notes.

                                       12
<PAGE>
Withdrawal Rights...............................Tenders of Old Notes may be
                                                withdrawn at any time prior to
                                                5:00 p.m., New York City time,
                                                on the Expiration Date. See "The
                                                Exchange Offer - Withdrawal
                                                Rights."

The Exchange Agent..............................First Union National Bank of
                                                North Carolina is the exchange
                                                agent (in such capacity, the
                                                "Exchange Agent"). The address
                                                and telephone number of the
                                                Exchange Agent are set forth in
                                                "The Exchange Offer - The
                                                Exchange Agent; Assistance."

Fees and Expenses...............................All expenses incident to the
                                                Company's consummation of the
                                                Exchange Offer and compliance
                                                with the Registration Rights
                                                Agreement will be borne by the
                                                Company. The Company will also
                                                pay certain transfer taxes
                                                applicable to the Exchange
                                                Offer. See "The Exchange Offer -
                                                Fees and Expenses."

Resales of the New Notes........................Based on existing
                                                interpretations by the staff of
                                                the Commission set forth in
                                                no-action letters issued to
                                                third parties, the Company
                                                believes that New Notes issued
                                                pursuant to the Exchange Offer
                                                to a holder in exchange for Old
                                                Notes may be offered for resale,
                                                resold and otherwise transferred
                                                by a holder (other than (i) a
                                                broker-dealer who purchased the
                                                Old Notes directly from the
                                                Company for resale pursuant to
                                                Rule 144A under the Securities
                                                Act or any other available
                                                exemption under the Securities
                                                Act or (ii) a person that is an
                                                affiliate of the Company within
                                                the meaning of Rule 405 under
                                                the Securities Act), without
                                                compliance with the registration
                                                and prospectus delivery
                                                provisions of the Securities
                                                Act, provided that such holder
                                                is acquiring the New Notes in
                                                the ordinary course of business
                                                and is not participating, and
                                                has no arrangement or
                                                understanding with any person to
                                                participate, in a distribution
                                                of the New Notes. Each
                                                broker-dealer that receives New
                                                Notes for its own account in
                                                exchange for Old Notes, where
                                                such Old Notes were acquired by
                                                such broker as a result of
                                                market-making or other trading
                                                activities, must acknowledge
                                                that it will deliver a
                                                prospectus in connection with
                                                any resale of such New Notes.
                                                See "The Exchange Offer -
                                                Resales of the New Notes" and
                                                "Plan of Distribution."

Effect of Not Tendering Old Notes
 for Exchange...................................Old Notes that are not tendered
                                                or that are not properly
                                                tendered will, following the
                                                expiration of the Exchange
                                                Offer, continue to be subject to
                                                the existing restrictions upon
                                                transfer thereof. The Company
                                                will have no further obligations
                                                to provide for the registration
                                                under the Securities Act of such
                                                Old Notes and such Old Notes
                                                will, following the expiration
                                                of the Exchange Offer, bear
                                                interest at the same rate as the
                                                New Notes.

                                       13
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES

        The form and terms of the New Notes will be identical in all material
respects to the form and terms of the Old Notes, except that (i) the New Notes
have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear
legends restricting the transfer thereof, (ii) holders of New Notes will not be
entitled to Liquidated Damages, and (iii) holders of New Notes will not be, and
upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of Old Notes will no longer
be, entitled to certain rights under the Registration Rights Agreement intended
for the holders of unregistered securities. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed
consummated upon the occurrence of the delivery by the Company to the Registrar
under the Indenture of New Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the
aggregate principal amount of Old Notes that are validly tendered by holders
thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer - Termination of
Certain Rights" and "-Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" and "Description of
Notes."

Securities Offered..................$100 million aggregate principal amount of
                                    10-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006.

Maturity Date.......................August 1, 2006.

Interest Payment Dates..............February 1 and August 1, commencing February
                                    1, 1997.

Note Guarantees.....................The Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed
                                    on a senior subordinated basis by each of
                                    the existing subsidiaries of Maxxim and,
                                    subject to certain exceptions, each of the
                                    future subsidiaries of Maxxim. Each of the
                                    Note Guarantees (as defined herein) will be
                                    a guarantee of payment and not of
                                    collection. Non-U.S. subsidiaries of Maxxim
                                    properly designated by the Company as
                                    Unrestricted Subsidiaries (as defined
                                    herein) will not guarantee the Notes. See
                                    "Description of Notes -- Note Guarantees."

Subordination.......................The Notes will be general unsecured
                                    obligations of the Company, subordinated in
                                    right of payment to all existing and future
                                    Senior Indebtedness of the Company, which
                                    will include borrowings under the Credit
                                    Agreement. At September 24, 1996, the
                                    Company had $127.3 million of outstanding
                                    Senior Indebtedness, which ranked senior in
                                    right of payment to the Notes. The Note
                                    Guarantees will be subordinated in right of
                                    payment to all existing and future Senior
                                    Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor. The
                                    Indenture permits Maxxim and its
                                    subsidiaries to incur additional
                                    indebtedness, including additional Senior
                                    Indebtedness, subject to certain
                                    limitations. See "Description of the Notes
                                    -- Subordination;" and " -- Subordination of
                                    Note Guarantees; Release of Note
                                    Guarantees."

Optional Redemption.................On or after August 1, 2001, the Company may
                                    redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at
                                    the redemption prices set forth herein, plus
                                    accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
                                    date of redemption. See "Description of
                                    Notes -- Optional Redemption."

                                       14
<PAGE>
Mandatory Redemption................None, except at maturity on August 1, 2006.

Change of Control...................Upon a Change of Control (as defined
                                    herein), the Company will be required to
                                    make an offer to repurchase all outstanding
                                    Notes at 101% of the principal amount
                                    thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest
                                    thereon to the date of repurchase. See
                                    "Description of Notes -- Repurchase at
                                    Option of Holders."

Covenants...........................The Indenture restricts, among other things,
                                    the Company's ability to incur additional
                                    indebtedness, pay dividends or make certain
                                    other restricted payments, incur liens to
                                    secure PARI PASSU or subordinated
                                    indebtedness, sell stock of subsidiaries,
                                    apply net proceeds from certain asset sales,
                                    merge or consolidate with any other person,
                                    sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or
                                    otherwise dispose of substantially all of
                                    the assets of the Company, enter into
                                    certain transactions with affiliates, or
                                    incur indebtedness that is subordinate in
                                    right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness
                                    and senior in right of payment to the Notes.
                                    Under certain circumstances, the Company may
                                    designate non-U.S. subsidiaries as
                                    Unrestricted Subsidiaries and thus not
                                    subject to the restrictions of the
                                    Indenture. See "Description of Notes --
                                    Certain Covenants."

Absence of a Public Market
 for the New Notes..................The New Notes are a new issue of securities
                                    with no established market. Accordingly,
                                    there can be no assurance as to the
                                    development or liquidity of any market for
                                    the New Notes. The Initial Purchasers have
                                    advised the Company that they currently
                                    intend to make a market in the New Notes.
                                    However, the Initial Purchasers are not
                                    obligated to do so, and any market making
                                    with respect to the New Notes may be
                                    discontinued at any time without notice. The
                                    Company does not intend to apply for listing
                                    of the New Notes on a securities exchange.

                                  RISK FACTORS

        For a discussion of certain matters that should be considered by
prospective investors in connection with the Exchange Offer, see "Risk Factors."

                                       15
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

        In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus,
holders of Notes should carefully consider the following risk factors affecting
the business of the Company.

SIGNIFICANT LEVERAGE AND DEBT SERVICE

        Upon consummation of the Acquisition, the Merger and the Financing
Transactions, the Company became highly leveraged. At September 24, 1996, the
Company had total consolidated outstanding debt (including current maturities)
of approximately $256.1 million. In addition, subject to the restrictions in the
Credit Agreement and the Indenture, the Company and its subsidiaries may incur
additional indebtedness (including additional Senior Indebtedness) from time to
time to finance acquisitions or capital expenditures or for general corporate
purposes. At September 24, 1996, the Company had unused borrowing capacity of up
to approximately $37.7 million under the revolving portion of the Credit
Agreement.

        The level of the Company's indebtedness could have important
consequences to holders of the Notes, including: (i) a substantial portion of
the Company's cash flow from operations must be dedicated to debt service and
will not be available for other purposes; (ii) the Company's ability to obtain
additional debt financing in the future for other acquisitions, working capital,
capital expenditures or research and development may be limited; and (iii) the
Company's level of indebtedness could limit its flexibility in reacting to
changes in its industry or economic conditions generally.

        The Company's ability to pay interest on the Notes and to satisfy its
other debt obligations will depend upon its future operating performance, which
will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and
other factors, certain of which are beyond its control, as well as the
availability of borrowings under the Credit Agreement or successor credit
facilities. The Company will require substantial amounts of cash to fund
scheduled payments of principal and interest on its outstanding indebtedness as
well as future capital expenditures and any increased working capital
requirements. If the Company is unable to meet its cash requirements out of cash
flow from operations and its available borrowings, there can be no assurance
that it will be able to obtain alternative financing or that it will be
permitted to do so under the terms of the Credit Agreement or other debt
instruments. In the absence of such financing, the Company's ability to respond
to changing business and economic conditions, to make future acquisitions, to
absorb adverse operating results or to fund capital expenditures or research and
development may be adversely affected. In addition, actions taken by the lending
banks under the Credit Agreement are not subject to approval by the holders of
the Notes. Finally, it is anticipated that in order to pay the principal balance
of the Notes due at maturity, the Company will have to obtain alternative
financing.

SUBORDINATION OF NOTES AND NOTE GUARANTEES; HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE

        The Notes will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and
future Senior Indebtedness of the Company, including borrowings under the Credit
Agreement. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the
Company, the assets of the Company will be available to pay obligations on the
Notes only after all Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full, and there may
not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all of the Notes
then outstanding. Each Note Guarantee is similarly subordinated in right of
payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the relevant
Guarantor, including such Guarantor's guaranty of the Company's indebtedness
under the Credit Agreement. In addition, under certain circumstances the Company
will not be permitted to pay its obligations under the Notes in the event of a
default under certain Senior Indebtedness. The aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Senior Indebtedness of the Company, as of September 24, 1996, was
approximately $127.3 million. Additional Senior Indebtedness may be incurred by
the Company from time to time, subject to certain restrictions. If the Company
is unable to satisfy all or any portion of its obligations with respect to the
Notes, it is unlikely that the Guarantors will be able, or will be permitted by
the terms of the Credit Agreement, to pay all or any portion of such unsatisfied
obligations. See "Description of Notes -- Subordination"; "-- Subordination of
Note Guarantees; Release of Note Guarantees."

                                       16
<PAGE>
        The Company is a holding company whose material assets consist primarily
of the capital stock of the Guarantors. Consequently, the Company is dependent
upon dividends paid by the Guarantors to pay its operating expenses, service its
debt obligations, including the Notes, and satisfy any mandatory repurchase
obligations relating to the Notes, as a result of a Change of Control or a sale
or other disposition of certain assets. See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness" and "Description of Notes."

ABILITY TO SUCCESSFULLY INTEGRATE STERILE CONCEPTS

        The integration and consolidation of Sterile Concepts into the Company
will require substantial management, financial and other resources and may pose
risks with respect to production, customer service and market share. While the
Company believes that it has sufficient financial and management resources to
accomplish the integration of Sterile Concepts, there can be no assurance in
this regard that the Company will not experience difficulties with customers,
personnel or others. In addition, although the Company's management believes
that the Acquisition has enhanced and will enhance the competitive position and
business prospects of the Company, there can be no assurance that such benefits
will be realized or that the combination of the Company and Sterile Concepts
will be successful.

        As the Company adapts to the current healthcare environment and
integrates Sterile Concepts, it will make certain operational changes, including
the consolidation of operations, designed to improve the future profitability of
the Company. There can be no assurance, however, as to the timing or amount of
any cost savings that are actually realized as a result of such operational
changes. These operational changes may also result in significant disruption to
the Company's operations, which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."

RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY TERMS OF THE COMPANY'S INDEBTEDNESS

        The Indenture restricts, among other things, the ability of the Company
and its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make
certain other restricted payments, incur liens to secure PARI PASSU or
subordinated indebtedness, sell stock of subsidiaries, apply net proceeds from
certain asset sales, merge or consolidate with any other person, sell, assign,
transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of substantially all of the assets
of the Company, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, or incur
indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness
and senior in right of payment to the Notes. In addition, the Credit Agreement
contains other and more restrictive covenants and prohibits the Company from
prepaying other indebtedness (including the Notes) before Senior Indebtedness.
As a result of these covenants, the ability of the Company to respond to
changing business and economic conditions and to secure additional financing, if
needed, may be significantly restricted, and the Company may be prevented from
engaging in transactions that might otherwise be considered beneficial to the
Company. See "Description of Notes -- Certain Covenants" and "Description of
Certain Indebtedness -- Credit Agreement."

        The Credit Agreement contains more extensive and restrictive covenants
and restrictions than the Indenture, and requires the Company to maintain
specified financial ratios and satisfy certain financial condition tests. The
Company's ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by
events beyond its control, and there can be no assurance that the Company will
meet those tests. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default
under the Credit Agreement. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the
Credit Agreement, the lenders thereunder could elect to declare all amounts
outstanding under the Credit Agreement, including accrued interest or other
obligations, to be immediately due and payable. If the Company were unable to
repay those amounts, such lenders could proceed against the collateral granted
to them to secure that indebtedness. If any Senior Indebtedness were to be
accelerated, there can be no assurance that the assets of the Company would be
sufficient to repay in full that indebtedness and the other indebtedness of the
Company, including the Notes. One hundred percent of the capital stock of the
Company's domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of certain foreign
subsidiaries of the Company have been pledged as security under the Credit
Agreement. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness -- Credit Agreement."

                                       17
<PAGE>
FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE STATUTES

        Under applicable provisions of federal bankruptcy law or comparable
provisions of state fraudulent transfer law, if, among other things, the Company
or any Guarantor, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by the
Notes or its Note Guarantee, (i)(a) was or is insolvent or rendered insolvent by
reason of such occurrence or (b) was or is engaged in a business or transaction
for which the assets remaining with the Company or such Guarantor constituted
unreasonably small capital or (c) intended or intends to incur, or believed or
believes that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they
mature, and (ii) the Company or such Guarantor received or receives less than
reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of such
indebtedness, the Notes and the Note Guarantee, and any pledge or other security
interest securing such indebtedness, could be voided, or claims in respect of
the Notes or the Note Guarantees could be subordinated to all other debts of the
Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be. The voiding or subordination of
any of such pledges or other security interests or of any of such indebtedness
could result in an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture) with respect
to such indebtedness, which could result in acceleration thereof. In addition,
the payment of interest and principal by the Company pursuant to the Notes or
the payment of amounts by a Guarantor pursuant to a Note Guarantee could be
voided and required to be returned to the person making such payment, or to a
fund for the benefit of the creditors of the Company or such Guarantor, as the
case may be.

        The measures of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing considerations
will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding with respect to the
foregoing. Generally, however, the Company or a Guarantor would be considered
insolvent if (i) the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, were
greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets at a fair valuation or
if the present fair saleable value of its assets were less than the amount that
would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including
contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature or (ii) it could not
pay its debts as they become due.

        On the basis of their historical financial information, recent operating
history as discussed in "Selected Consolidated Financial Information" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and other factors, the Company and each Guarantor believes that,
after giving effect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes, it (i) will not
be insolvent, will not have unreasonably small capital for the businesses in
which it is engaged and will not incur debts beyond its ability to pay such
debts as they mature and (ii) will have sufficient assets to satisfy any
probable money judgment against it in any pending action. There can be no
assurance, however, as to what standard a court would apply in making such
determinations. In addition, a Note Guarantee given by a Subsidiary of the
Company incorporated outside the United States might not be enforceable under
the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation.

FUTURE ACQUISITIONS

        The Company's growth has been primarily the result of acquisitions. The
Company is continually reviewing possible acquisitions of businesses or product
lines that are complementary to the Company's existing business or product
lines, such as the Acquisition. There can be no assurance that suitable
acquisition candidates will be found, or that financing for any such future
acquisitions will be obtainable or permitted by the Credit Agreement. In
addition, the terms of the Credit Agreement and the Indenture restrict the
Company's ability to pursue and consummate additional acquisitions. The
inability of the Company to find or consummate suitable acquisitions in the
future would impede future growth. Furthermore, even if the Company is able to
complete such acquisitions, there can be no assurance that the acquired
companies or assets will be successfully integrated into the Company. Any such
failure to integrate successfully future acquisitions may adversely impact
operations or profitability. See "Risk Factors -- Restrictions Imposed by Terms
of the Company's Indebtedness."

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

        The Company believes that its continued success will depend to a
significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of its senior management team,
including Kenneth W. Davidson, its Chairman of the Board, President and Chief

                                       18
<PAGE>
Executive Officer, and its other executive officers. Mr. Davidson has entered
into an employment agreement with the Company that requires him to serve as
President of the Company on a full-time basis through October 31, 1997. The
Company has not entered into employment agreements with any of its other
executive officers. Failure of the Company to retain Mr. Davidson or other
executive officers, or to attract and retain additional qualified personnel,
could adversely affect the Company's operations.

PRODUCT LIABILITY EXPOSURE

        The manufacturing and marketing of the Company's products entail risks
of product liability. Although the Company maintains liability insurance in
amounts which it believes to be reasonable and standard in the industry, the
amount and scope of any coverage may be inadequate to fully protect the Company
in the event of a substantial adverse product liability judgment.

        Since March 1996 the Company has been served with various lawsuits
alleging various adverse reactions to the latex used in certain of the medical
gloves alleged to have been manufactured by the Company or the prior owner of
the assets relating to the Company's Glove Operations acquired in June 1995. The
Company believes that most, if not all, of such claims relate to gloves produced
and sold prior to June 1995, and that such prior owner will be obligated to
indemnify the Company with respect to most, if not all, of these liabilities.
The Company is aware that there have been an increasing number of lawsuits
brought against latex glove manufacturers with respect to such allergic
reactions. The Company, like its competitors, has continued to manufacture and
sell latex gloves subsequent to acquisition of the Glove Operations. Therefore,
it is anticipated that there may in the future be claims brought against the
Company with respect to latex gloves manufactured by the Company. The Company
may have future material liability in lawsuits relating to allergic reactions to
latex.

COMPETITION AND TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE

        The Company's products compete with those of numerous other companies
engaged in the businesses of developing, manufacturing and distributing
specialty medical products. Several of these competitors have more extensive
financial resources, research and development facilities and marketing
organizations than those of the Company. In addition, the Company believes that
the barriers to entry into the custom procedure tray business are fairly low and
it would be reasonably easy for medical products companies currently not in the
custom procedure tray business or others to enter the business. This is because
the business is not very capital or technology intensive, to the extent a
supplier of trays does not manufacture specialty medical products. Custom
procedure trays originated when medical product manufacturers bundled together
several products in sterile packaging as an alternative to the in-hospital
preparation of those same components. There are currently many manufacturers
that bundle sterile and non-sterile medical specialty products that may not
technically be "custom procedure trays" but effectively compete with trays or
could be bundled with other products so as to directly compete with the
Company's custom procedure trays. There are also numerous companies that supply
medical procedure trays to various niche markets (e.g. dental and eye) that
could, in the Company's view, easily broaden their product lines. In addition,
certain of the Company's specialty medical products compete in markets
characterized in many respects by rapid and significant technological change.
Although the Company continuously pursues product research and development
efforts, there can be no assurance that technological change will not render one
or more of the Company's present or proposed products obsolete.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

        The manufacturing and marketing of the Company's products are subject to
regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the "FDA") pursuant to the
U.S. Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and regulations promulgated thereunder
(collectively the "FDA Act") and numerous other federal, state and foreign
governmental authorities. Although the Company has obtained all necessary
clearances for the manufacture and sale of all of the products that the Company
currently produces and sells, any products developed in the future are likely to
require FDA approval before they can be sold in the U.S. To date, all FDA
approvals of the Company's products have been obtained under Section 510(k) of
the FDA Act, which provides for FDA marketing approval on an expedited basis for
products that can be

                                       19
<PAGE>
shown to be substantially equivalent to devices in interstate commerce prior to
May 1976 (the month and year of enactment of the FDA Act). The Company
anticipates that virtually all of the products currently being developed will
qualify for marketing approval under Section 510(k); however, if marketing
approval for any product cannot be obtained under Section 510(k), alternative
approval procedures are likely to be costly and time consuming and there can be
no assurance that the required approvals for marketing any newly developed
products will be obtained. Even if granted, all products and manufacturing
facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by various
governmental authorities, and the discovery of previously unknown problems with
a product, the Company or its facilities may result in product labeling
restrictions, recall or withdrawal of the products from the market.

HEALTHCARE REFORM

        In recent years, there have been a number of government initiatives to
reduce healthcare costs. Congress and various state legislatures have proposed
changes in law and regulation that could effect a major restructuring of the
healthcare industry. Changes in governmental support of healthcare services, the
methods by which such services are delivered, the prices for such services, or
other legislation or regulations governing such services or mandated benefits
may have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.

POTENTIAL INABILITY TO FUND A CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER

        Upon a Change of Control as defined in the Indenture, the Company is
required to offer to repurchase all outstanding Notes at 101% of the principal
amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.
However, there can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available at
the time of any Change of Control to make any required repurchases of Notes
tendered, or that restrictions in the Credit Agreement will allow the Company to
make such required repurchases. Notwithstanding these provisions, the Company
could enter into certain transactions, including certain recapitalizations, that
would not constitute a Change of Control but would increase the amount of debt
outstanding at such time. See "Description of Notes -- Repurchase at Option of
Holders."

ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET

        The New Notes are a new issue of securities, have no established trading
market and may not be widely distributed. The Company does not intend to list
the New Notes on any national securities exchange or to seek admission thereof
to trading in the National Association of Securities Dealers Automation
Quotation system. The Initial Purchasers have advised the Company that they
currently intend to make a market in the New Notes; however, the Initial
Purchasers are not obligated to do so and any market making activities may be
discontinued at any time without notice. In addition, such market making
activity will be subject to the limitations imposed by the Securities Act and
the Exchange Act, and may be limited during the Exchange Offer and, if required,
the pendency of the Shelf Registration Statement (as defined below). No
assurance can be given that an active public or other market will develop for
the New Notes or as to the liquidity of or trading market for the New Notes. If
a trading market does not develop or is not maintained, holders of the New Notes
may experience difficulty in reselling the New Notes or may be unable to sell
them at all. If a market for the New Notes develops, any such market may be
discontinued at any time. If a public trading market develops for the New Notes,
future trading prices of the New Notes will depend on many factors, including,
among other things, prevailing interest rates, the Company's results of
operations and the market for similar securities. Depending on prevailing
interest rates, the market for similar securities and other facts, including the
financial condition of the Company, the New Notes may trade at a discount from
their principal amount.

CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE

        Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions
on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon as a
consequence of the issuance of the Old Notes pursuant to exemptions from, or in
transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act
and applicable state securities laws. In general, the Old Notes may not be
offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to
an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject

                                       20
<PAGE>
to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The Company does
not currently anticipate that it will register the Old Notes under the
Securities Act. To the extent that Old Notes are tendered and accepted in the
Exchange Offer, the trading market for untendered and tendered but unaccepted
Old Notes could be adversely affected.

                                       21
<PAGE>
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER

        The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement does not purport to be complete and reference is made to the
provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, which has been filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement and a copy of which is available upon
request to the Trustee.

PURPOSE AND EFFECT

        The Old Notes were sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers on July
30, 1996, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Purchasers
subsequently resold the Old Notes in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities
Act. The Company and the Initial Purchasers also entered into the Registration
Rights Agreement, pursuant to which the Company agreed, with respect to the Old
Notes and subject to the Company's determination that the Exchange Offer is
permitted under applicable law, to (i) cause to be filed, on or prior to October
1, 1996, a registration statement with the Commission under the Securities Act
concerning the Exchange Offer, (ii) use its best efforts (a) to cause such
registration statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or prior to
November 15, 1996, and (b) to consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to
December 15, 1996. The Company will keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of
not less than 30 days and not more than 45 days (or longer if required by
applicable law) after the date the notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the
holders of the Old Notes. This Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy the
Company's exchange offer obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.

CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE OLD NOTES

        Following the expiration of the Exchange Offer, holders of Old Notes not
tendered, or not properly tendered will not have any further registration rights
and such Old Notes will continue to be subject to the existing restrictions on
transfer thereof. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for a holder's Old
Notes could be adversely affected upon expiration of the Exchange Offer if such
holder elects to not participate in the Exchange Offer.

TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

        The Company hereby offers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
set forth herein and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, to exchange
$1,000 in principal amount of the New Notes for each $1,000 in principal amount
of the outstanding Old Notes. The Company will accept for exchange any and all
Old Notes that are validly tendered on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. Tenders of the Old Notes may be withdrawn at any
time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The
Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of Old Notes
being tendered for exchange. However, the Exchange Offer is subject to the terms
and provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement. See "The Exchange
Offer--Conditions of the Exchange Offer."

        Old Notes may be tendered only in multiples of $1,000. Subject to the
foregoing, holders of Old Notes may tender less than the aggregate principal
amount represented by the Old Notes held by them, provided that they
appropriately indicate this fact on the Letter of Transmittal accompanying the
tendered Old Notes (or so indicate pursuant to the procedures for book-entry
transfer).

        As of the date of this Prospectus, $100 million in aggregate principal
amount of the Old Notes is outstanding, the maximum amount authorized by the
Indenture for all Notes. As of ___________________________, 1996, there was
[one] registered holder of the Old Notes, Cede, which held the Old Notes for
_____ of its participants. Solely for reasons of administration (and for no
other purpose), the Company has fixed the close of business on ______ _____,
1996, as the record date (the "Record Date") for purposes of determining the
persons to whom this Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal will be mailed
initially. Only a holder of the Old Notes (or such holder's legal representative
or attorney-in-fact) may participate in the Exchange Offer. There will be no
fixed record date for determining holders of the Old Notes entitled to
participate in the Exchange Offer. The Company believes that, as of the date of
this Prospectus, no such holder is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under
the Securities Act) of the Company.

                                       22
<PAGE>
        The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes
when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the
Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering holders
of Old Notes and for the purposes of receiving the New Notes from the Company.

        If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth herein or
otherwise, certificates for any such unaccepted Old Notes will be returned,
without expense, to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable
after the Expiration Date.

EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS

        The Expiration Date shall be ______________, 1996 at 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, extends the Exchange
Offer, in which case the Expiration Date shall be the latest date and time to
which the Exchange Offer is extended.

        In order to extend the Exchange Offer, the Company will notify the
Exchange Agent of any extension by oral or written notice and will make a public
announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next
business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.

        The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, (i) to delay
accepting any Old Notes, (ii) to extend the Exchange Offer, (iii) if any of the
conditions set forth below under "Conditions of the Exchange Offer" shall not
have been satisfied, to terminate the Exchange Offer, by giving oral or written
notice of such delay, extension, or termination to the Exchange Agent, and (iv)
to amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner. If the Exchange Offer is
amended in a manner determined by the Company to constitute a material change,
the Company will promptly disclose such amendments by means of a prospectus
supplement that will be distributed to the registered holders of the Old Notes.
Modifications of the Exchange Offer, including, but not limited to, (i)
extension of the period during which the Exchange Offer is open and (ii)
satisfaction of the conditions set forth below under "Conditions of the Exchange
Offer" may require that at least five business days remain in the Exchange
Offer.

CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

        The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount
of the Old Notes being tendered for exchange. However, the Exchange Offer is
conditioned upon the declaration by the Commission of the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus constitutes a part.

TERMINATION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS

        The Registration Rights Agreement provides that, subject to certain
exceptions, in the event of a Registration Default (as defined below), holders
of Old Notes are entitled to receive Liquidated Damages of $0.05 per week per
$1,000 principal amount of Old Notes held by such holders (up to a maximum of
$0.30 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes). A "Registration
Default" with respect to the Exchange Offer shall occur if: (i) the registration
statement concerning the exchange offer (the "Exchange Offer Registration
Statement") has not been filed with the Commission on or prior to October 1,
1996; (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective
on or prior to November 15, 1996 (the "Effectiveness Target Date"), (iii) the
Company fails to consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to December 15, 1996,
or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective during the
period specified in the Registration Rights Agreement. Holders of New Notes will
not be and, upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of Old Notes will
no longer be, entitled to (i) the right to receive the Liquidated Damages or
(ii) certain other rights under the Registration Rights Agreement intended for
holders of Old Notes. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed consummated upon the
occurrence of the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture
of New Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal
amount of Old Notes that are tendered by holders thereof pursuant to the
Exchange Offer.

                                       23
<PAGE>
ACCRUED INTEREST

        The New Notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 10-1/2% per annum,
which interest shall accrue from July 30, 1996 or from the most recent Interest
Payment Date with respect to the Old Notes to which interest was paid or duly
provided for. See "Description of Notes - Principal, Maturity and Interest."

PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES

        The tender of a holder's Old Notes as set forth below and the acceptance
thereof by the Company will constitute a binding agreement between the tendering
holder and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in
this Prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal. Except as set
forth below, a holder who wishes to tender Old Notes for exchange pursuant to
the Exchange Offer must transmit such Old Notes, together with a properly
completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, including all other documents
required by such Letter of Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at the address set
forth on the back cover page of this Prospectus prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the Expiration Date. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES, LETTERS
OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF
THE HOLDER. IF SUCH DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT REGISTERED MAIL,
PROPERLY INSURED, WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, BE USED. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY
MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE HOLDER USE AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY
SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE TIMELY
DELIVERY.

        Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's Book-Entry
Transfer Facility system may make book-entry delivery of the Old Notes by
causing DTC to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account in
accordance with DTC's procedures for such transfer. In connection with a
book-entry transfer, a Letter of Transmittal need not be transmitted to the
Exchange Agent, provided that the book-entry transfer procedure must be complied
with prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

        Each signature on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as
the case may be, must be guaranteed unless the Old Notes surrendered for
exchange pursuant hereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder of the Old
Notes who has not completed either the box entitled "Special Exchange
Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" in the Letter
of Transmittal, or (ii) by an Eligible Institution (as defined). In the event
that a signature on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, is required to be guaranteed, such guarantee must be by a firm
which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company
having an office or correspondent in the United States or otherwise be an
"eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the
Exchange Act (collectively, "Eligible Institutions"). If the Letter of
Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of the Old
Notes, the Old Notes surrendered for exchange must either (i) be endorsed by the
registered holder, with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution, or (ii) be accompanied by a bond power, in satisfactory form as
determined by the Company in its sole discretion, duly executed by the
registered holder, with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution. The term "registered holder" as used herein with respect to the Old
Notes means any person in whose name the Old Notes are registered on the books
of the Registrar.

        All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of Old Notes tendered for exchange will be
determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination shall be
final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all
Old Notes not properly tendered and to reject any Old Notes the Company's
acceptance of which might, in the judgment of the Company or its counsel, be
unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right to waive any defects or
irregularities or conditions of the Exchange Offer as to particular Old Notes
either before or after the Expiration Date (including the right to waive the
ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Old Notes in the Exchange
Offer). The interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer
(including the Letter of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) by the
Company shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or
irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes for exchange must be
cured within such period of time as the Company shall determine. The Company
will use reasonable efforts to

                                       24
<PAGE>
give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Old
Notes for exchange but shall not incur any liability for failure to give such
notification. Tenders of the Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made
until such irregularities have been cured or waived.

        If any Letter of Transmittal, endorsement, bond power, power of attorney
or any other document required by the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a
trustee, executor, corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing, and,
unless waived by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company, in
its sole discretion, of such person's authority to so act must be submitted.

        Any beneficial owner of the Old Notes (a "Beneficial Owner") whose Old
Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust
company or other nominee and who wishes to tender Old Notes in the Exchange
Offer should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct such
registered holder to tender on such Beneficial Owner's behalf. If such
Beneficial Owner wishes to tender directly, such Beneficial Owner must, prior to
completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and tendering Old Notes, make
appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in such
Beneficial Owner's name. Beneficial Owners should be aware that the transfer of
registered ownership may take considerable time.

        By tendering, each registered holder will represent to the Company that,
among other things (i) the New Notes to be acquired in connection with the
Exchange Offer by the holder and each Beneficial Owner of the Old Notes are
being acquired by the holder and each Beneficial Owner in the ordinary course of
business of the holder and each Beneficial Owner, (ii) the holder and each
Beneficial Owner are not participating, do not intend to participate, and have
no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the
distribution of the New Notes, (iii) the holder and each Beneficial Owner
acknowledge and agree that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for
the purpose of distributing the New Notes must comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a
secondary resale transaction of the New Notes acquired by such person and cannot
rely on the position of the staff of the Commission set forth in no-action
letters that are discussed herein under "Resales of New Notes," (iv) that if the
holder is a broker-dealer that acquired Old Notes as a result of market making
or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any
resale of New Notes acquired in the Exchange Offer, (v) the holder and each
Beneficial Owner understand that a secondary resale transaction described in
clause (iii) above should be covered by an effective registration statement
containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of
Regulation S-K of the Commission, and (vi) neither the holder nor any Beneficial
Owner is an "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the
Company except as otherwise disclosed to the Company in writing. In connection
with a book-entry transfer, each participant will confirm that it makes the
representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal.

GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES

        Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are
not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes or any
other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent
prior to the Expiration Date (or complete the procedure for book-entry transfer
on a timely basis), may tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth in the Letter of Transmittal. Pursuant to such
procedures: (i) such tender must be made by or through an Eligible Institution
and a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (as defined in the Letter of Transmittal)
must be signed by such Holder, (ii) on or prior to the Expiration Date, the
Exchange Agent must have received from the Holder and the Eligible Institution a
properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile
transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the
Holder, the certificate number or numbers of the tendered Old Notes, and the
principal amount of tendered Old Notes, stating that the tender is being made
thereby and guaranteeing that, within four (4) business days after the date of
delivery of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the tendered Old Notes, a duly
executed Letter of Transmittal and any other required documents will be
deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (iii) such
properly completed and executed documents required by the Letter of Transmittal
and the tendered Old Notes in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of a
book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC)
must be received by the Exchange Agent within four (4) business days after the
Expiration Date. Any Holder who wishes to tender Old

                                       25
<PAGE>
Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure
that the Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and Letter of
Transmittal relating to such Old Notes prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on the Expiration Date.

ACCEPTANCE OF OLD NOTES FOR EXCHANGE; DELIVERY OF NEW NOTES

        Upon satisfaction or waiver of all the conditions to the Exchange Offer,
the Company will accept any and all Old Notes that are properly tendered in the
Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
The New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be delivered promptly
after acceptance of the Old Notes. For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the
Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes, when, as,
and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange
Agent.

        In all cases, issuances of New Notes for Old Notes that are accepted for
exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt
by the Exchange Agent of such Old Notes, a properly completed and duly executed
Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents (or of confirmation of a
book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC);
provided, however, that the Company reserves the absolute right to waive any
defects or irregularities in the tender or conditions of the Exchange Offer. If
any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for any reason, such unaccepted Old
Notes will be returned without expense to the tendering Holder thereof as
promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange
Offer.

WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS

        Tenders of the Old Notes may be withdrawn by delivery of a written
notice to the Exchange Agent, at its address set forth on the back cover page of
this Prospectus, at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the
person having deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii)
identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or
numbers and principal amount of such Old Notes, as applicable), (iii) be signed
by the Holder in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of
Transmittal by which such Old Notes were tendered (including any required
signature guarantees) or be accompanied by a bond power in the name of the
person withdrawing the tender, in satisfactory form as determined by the Company
in its sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder, with the
signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution together with the other
documents required upon transfer by the Indenture, and (iv) specify the name in
which such Old Notes are to be re-registered, if different from the Depositor,
pursuant to such documents of transfer. Any questions as to the validity, form
and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined
by the Company, in its sole discretion. The Old Notes so withdrawn will be
deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the
Exchange Offer. Any Old Notes which have been tendered for exchange but which
are withdrawn will be returned to the Holder thereof without cost to such Holder
as soon as practicable after withdrawal. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be
retendered by following one of the procedures described under "The Exchange
Offer--Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" at any time on or prior to the
Expiration Date.

THE EXCHANGE AGENT; ASSISTANCE

        First Union National Bank of North Carolina is the Exchange Agent. All
tendered Old Notes, executed Letters of Transmittal and other related documents
should be directed to the Exchange Agent. Questions and requests for assistance
and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus, the Letter of Transmittal
and other related documents should be addressed to the Exchange Agent as
follows:

                                       26
<PAGE>
           BY HAND, REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT COURIER:

                   FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF NORTH CAROLINA
                      230 SOUTH TRYON STREET, EIGHTH FLOOR
                         CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA 28288
                         ATTENTION:

                                  BY FACSIMILE:

                        ATTENTION:

                            CONFIRM BY TELEPHONE ( )

FEES AND EXPENSES

        All expenses incident to the Company's consummation of the Exchange
Offer and compliance with the Registration Rights Agreement will be borne by the
Company, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees
(including, without limitation, fees and expenses of compliance with state
securities or Blue Sky laws), (ii) printing expenses (including, without
limitation, expenses of printing certificates for the New Notes in a form
eligible for deposit with DTC and of printing Prospectuses), (iii) messenger,
telephone and delivery expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Company, (v) fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants,
(vi) rating agency fees, (vii) internal expenses of the Company (including,
without limitation, all salaries and expenses of officers and employees of the
Company performing legal or accounting duties), and (ix) fees and expenses
incurred in connection with the listing of the New Notes on a securities
exchange.

        The Company has not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others
soliciting acceptance of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will pay the
Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse
it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith.

        The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, a transfer
tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to
the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed
on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering
holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption is not
submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will
be billed directly to such tendering holder.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

        The New Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Old
Notes, as reflected in the Company's accounting records on the date of the
exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by the Company for
accounting purposes. The expenses of the Exchange Offer will be amortized over
the term of the New Notes.

RESALES OF THE NEW NOTES

        Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Commission set forth in
no-action letters issued to third parties, the Company believes that the New
Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer to a holder in exchange for Old
Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by such holder
(other than (i) a broker-dealer who purchased Old Notes directly from the
Company for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other
available exemption under the Securities Act, or (ii) a person that is an
affiliate of the Company within the

                                       27
<PAGE>
meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided
that such holder is acquiring the New Notes in the ordinary course of business
and is not participating, and has no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate, in the distribution of the New Notes. The Company has not
requested or obtained an interpretive letter from the Commission staff with
respect to this Exchange Offer, and the Company and the holders are not entitled
to rely on interpretive advice provided by the staff to other persons, which
advice was based on the facts and conditions represented in such letters.
However, the Exchange Offer is being conducted in a manner intended to be
consistent with the facts and conditions represented in such letters. If any
holder acquires New Notes in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing
or participating in a distribution of the New Notes, such holder cannot rely on
the position of the staff of the Commission enunciated in MORGAN STANLEY & CO.,
INCORPORATED (available June 5, 1991) and EXXON CAPITAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
(available April 13, 1989), or interpreted in the Commission's letter to
SHEARMAN AND STERLING (available July 2, 1993), or similar no-action or
interpretive letters and must comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary
resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise
available. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in
exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer
as a result of market making or other trading activities, must acknowledge that
it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes.
See "Plan of Distribution."

        It is expected that the New Notes will be freely transferable by the
holders thereof, subject to the limitations described in the immediately
preceding paragraph. Sales of New Notes acquired in the Exchange Offer by
holders who are "affiliates" of the Company within the meaning of the Securities
Act will be subject to certain limitations on resale under Rule 144 of the
Securities Act. Such persons will only be entitled to sell New Notes in
compliance with the volume limitations set forth in Rule 144, and sales of New
Notes by affiliates will be subject to certain Rule 144 requirements as to the
manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information
regarding the Company. The foregoing is a summary only of Rule 144 as it may
apply to affiliates of the Company. Any such persons must consult their own
legal counsel for advice as to any restrictions that might apply to the resale
of their Notes.

                                       28
<PAGE>
                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

        There will be no cash proceeds payable to the Company from the issuance
of the New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company is conducting the
Exchange Offer in order to satisfy certain of the Company's obligations under
the Registration Rights Agreement executed in connection with the issuance of
the Old Notes. The proceeds from the issuance of the Old Notes were used to fund
a portion of the purchase price for the Acquisition and to pay related fees and
expenses.

                       RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

        For each of the five fiscal years ended October 29, 1995, the Company's
ratios of earnings to fixed charges were 3.12x, 6.33x, 6.50x, 6.74x and 2.18x,
respectively. For the nine months ended June 30, 1995, and August 4, 1996, the
Company's ratios of earnings to fixed charges were 1.04x and 3.47x,
respectively, on a historical basis, and 1.16x and 1.56x, respectively, on a pro
forma basis. For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges,
earnings consist of income before income taxes and extraordinary items plus
fixed charges (excluding capitalized interest). Fixed charges consist of
interest (including capitalized interest) on all indebtedness, amortization of
deferred financing costs and that portion of rental expense that management
believes to be representative of interest.

                       UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

        The following presents summary unaudited combined pro forma financial
data of the Company and Sterile Concepts. The pro forma statements of operations
were prepared as if the Acquisition occurred on October 31, 1994. The pro forma
statements of operations data also give effect to the acquisition by the Company
of the Glove Operations (as defined herein), the divestiture by the Company of
the Henley Healthcare division in April, 1996, and the acquisitions by Sterile
Concepts of AMP and Medical Design Concepts, as if the acquisitions and the
divestiture occurred on October 31, 1994. Management believes that the following
presentation will assist holders of the Notes in evaluating the ability of the
Company to meet debt service requirements and other obligations.

        The pro forma information for the year ended October 29, 1995 is based
on the historical financial statements of the Company for the year ended October
29, 1995 and Sterile Concepts for the year ended September 30, 1995. The pro
forma financial information for the nine months ended August 4, 1996 is based on
the historical financial statements of the Company for the nine months ended
August 4, 1996 and those of Sterile Concepts for the nine months ended June 30,
1996.

        The summary unaudited combined pro forma financial data do not
necessarily reflect the results of operations of the Company and Sterile
Concepts that actually would have resulted had the Sterile Concepts Acquisition,
the acquisition of the Glove Operations, the divestiture of Henley Healthcare
and the acquisitions by Sterile Concepts of AMP and Medical Design Concepts,
Inc. been consummated as of the dates referred to above. Accordingly, such data
should not be viewed as fully representative of the past performance of the
Company or Sterile Concepts or indicative of future results. The summary
unaudited combined pro forma financial data should be read together with the
Selected Historical Financial Data and the Financial Statements and Notes of the
Company and Sterile Concepts included elsewhere in this Prospectus or
incorporated herein by reference. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and
"Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data."

                                              29
<PAGE>
                        PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Maxxim   Sterile Concepts
                                   Historical   Historical                              Pro Forma
                                   Year Ended   Year Ended                              Combined
                                   October 29,  September 30,                           Year Ended
                                      1995         1995            Pro forma            October 29,
                                   AS REPORTED  AS REPORTED      ADJUSTMENTS                1995
                                     --------   --------   ------------------------        --------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>             <C>     
Net sales ........................   $265,726   $146,833   $ 18,680        $ 68,363(g,f)   $502,349
                                                              4,611                (h)
                                                                             44,718(i)
Cost of sales ....................    186,495    113,977     54,764           8,463(f,g)    380,737
                                                                              4,611(h)
                                                             38,575                (i)
                                     --------   --------   --------        --------        --------
Gross profit .....................     79,231     32,856    116,630         126,155         121,612

Operating expenses ...............     59,493     19,350      1,806           4,000(c,d)     84,377
                                                             11,960                (f)
                                                              5,217           9,449(i,g)
Nonrecurring charges .............     10,845      --                                        10,845
                                     --------   --------   --------        --------        --------
Income from operations ...........      8,893     13,506    135,613         139,604          26,390
Interest expense .................      4,088        512        467                (c)       22,865
                                                             17,484                (e)
                                                                314                (i)
Other income, net ................         28        177         31                (f)          159
                                                                 15                (i)
                                     --------   --------   --------        --------        --------
Income before income taxes .......      4,833     13,171    153,924         139,604           3,684

Income taxes .....................      1,904      4,979                      4,679(f)        2,204
                                     --------   --------   --------        --------        --------
Net income .......................   $  2,929   $  8,192   $153,924        $144,283        $  1,480
                                     ========   ========   ========        ========        ========

Net income per share.............    $   0.36   $   1.48                                   $   0.18
                                     ========   ========                                   ========

Weighted average shares
  outstanding ....................      8,159      5,526                                      8,159
                                     ========   ========                                   ========
</TABLE>
                                       30
<PAGE>
                        PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Maxxim    Sterile Concepts
                                   Historical   Historical                             Pro Forma
                                   Nine Months  Nine Months                              Combined
                                      Ended       Ended                                 Nine Months
                                 August 4, 1996 June 30, 1996      Pro forma               Ended
                                   AS REPORTED  AS REPORTED        ADJUSTMENTS          AUGUST 4, 1996
                                     --------    --------   ------------------------        --------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>          <C>                           <C>    
Net sales........................     261,587    146,515      8,339                (g)      396,386
                                                              3,377                (h)
 
Cost of sales....................     188,531     118,599                     3,712(g)       300,041
                                                                              3,377(h)
                                     --------   --------   --------        --------        --------
Gross profit.....................      73,056     27,916     11,716           7,089          96,345

Operating expenses...............      53,438     20,397      1,355           3,000(c,d)     67,882
                                                                              4,308(g)
                                     --------   --------   --------        --------        --------
Income from operations...........      19,618      7,519     13,071          14,397          28,463

Interest expense.................       5,582      1,513        350                (c)       18,125
                                                             10,680                (e)

Other Income (Expense), net......        (265)       110                                       (155)
                                     --------   --------   --------        --------        --------

Income before income taxes.......      13,771      6,116     24,101          14,397          10,183

Income taxes.....................      5,142       2,631                      3,375(f)        4,398
                                     --------   --------   --------        --------        --------

Net income.......................    $  8,629   $  3,485   $ 24,101        $ 17,772        $  5,784
                                     ========   ========   ========        ========        ========

Net income per share.............$      1.04   $     0.63                                $     0.70
                                 ===========   ==========                                ==========

Weighted average shares
  outstanding....................      8,304        5,526                                     8,304
                                  ==========     ========                                 =========
</TABLE>
                                       31
<PAGE>
                     NOTES TO PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

PRO FORMA ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS

        (a) Maxxim purchased all of the outstanding Sterile Concepts Common
Shares at a price of $20.00 per share net to the sellers.

        Maxxim has also agreed to acquire certain options held by employees of
Sterile Concepts for $1,800 in cash. Transaction costs are estimated at $15,000,
of which $4,000 relate to financing costs.
        Giving effect to the above, the Acquisition will result in the
following:

Assets Acquired
   Current assets.......................   $   66,509
   Property and equipment...............        3,551
   Goodwill.............................      120,000
                                           ----------
                                           $  190,060
                                           ==========

Liabilities assumed and consideration paid
   Current liabilities..................   $    27,956
   Long-term debt.......................        34,208
   Other liabilities....................           568
   Cash Paid............................       127,328
                                              --------
                                            $  190,060
                                            ==========

        (b) In conjunction with the Acquisition, the Company entered into a new
$165 million credit facility agreement and issued $100 million of 10 1/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes. The new credit facility and 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated
Notes were used to repay approximately $34.2 million of Sterile Concepts debt,
refinance approximately $72.6 million of existing Maxxim debt, and pay the cash
portion of the purchase price identified at (a) above. To finance the cash
portion of the transaction, the Company utilized the $97 million net proceeds
from the offering of the 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes and approximately
$127.3 million of the new credit facility.

        (c) Reflects increased amortization related to costs in excess of net
assets acquired, amortized over 40 years, and amortization of deferred financing
cost of the Senior Subordinated Notes over 10 years and the bank debt over 6
years.
                                                                     NINE MONTHS
                                                       YEAR ENDED       ENDED
                                                       OCTOBER 29,     AUGUST 4,
                                                          1995            1996
                                                         -------        -------
Amortization of goodwill of $120,000 .............       $ 3,000        $ 2,250
Less Sterile Concepts historical
   goodwill amortization .........................        (1,194)          (896)
                                                         -------        -------
                                                         $ 1,806        $ 1,355
                                                         =======        =======

Amortization of deferred financing
   costs of $4,000 ...............................       $   467        $   350
                                                         =======        =======

        (d) Reflects the elimination of salaries, benefits and related costs
incurred during 1995 and the first nine months of 1996 of personnel who will be
redundant to the combined entity and thus not retained on an ongoing basis.

        (e) Reflects an adjustment to interest expense due to additional debt
that would have been outstanding. As Maxxim incurred bank debt of $127,300 and
$100,000 related to the Notes, each increase of 1/4 percentage point in the
borrowing rate will result in additional interest of approximately $318 annually
or $80 quarterly.

        (f) Reflects an adjustment for the Glove Operations acquired on June 30,
1995.

        (g) Reflects an adjustment for the sale of Henley Healthcare in May
1996.

        (h) Reflects an adjustment for sales to Sterile Concepts by Maxxim.

        (i) Reflects an adjustment for the operations of Associated Medical
Products Co. and Medical Design Concepts acquired by Sterile Concepts on May 1,
1995 and October 4, 1995, respectively.

        (j) Reflects an adjustment to income tax expense related to the above
adjustments, except the amortization of goodwill, at a rate of 37%.

                                       32
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table presents selected historical financial data of the
Company as of and for each of the five fiscal years ended October 29, 1995, and
each of the nine months ended July 30, 1995 and August 4, 1996. The information
presented for each of the five fiscal years ended October 29, 1995, has been
derived from the financial statements of the Company as audited by KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants for the three years ended
October 29, 1995 and by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent certified public
accountants for the two years ended October 31, 1992. The information presented
for the nine months ended July 30, 1995 and August 4, 1996, has been derived
from unaudited interim financial statements of the Company, and, in the opinion
of management, reflects a fair presentation of the Company's financial
information. The following information should be read in conjunction with the
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and the Financial Statements of
the Company and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus or
incorporated herein by reference.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       NINE MONTHS ENDED                                 FISCAL YEARS ENDED
                                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   AUGUST 4,    JULY 30, OCTOBER 29, OCTOBER 30, OCTOBER 31, OCTOBER 31, OCTOBER 31,
                                                      1996        1995        1995        1994        1993        1992       1991
                                                    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------    -------
                                                         (UNAUDITED)                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>    
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales ........................................  $261,587    $182,547    $265,726    $191,382    $129,740    $74,525    $45,293
Cost of Sales ....................................   188,531     126,602     186,495     129,569      85,247     44,372     25,731
                                                    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------    -------
Gross profit .....................................    73,056      55,945      79,231      61,813      44,493     30,153     19,562
Operating expenses ...............................    53,438      42,602      59,493      48,349      35,606     24,300     16,068
Nonrecurring charges .............................      --        10,845      10,845        --          --         --         --
                                                    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------    -------
Income from operations ...........................    19,618       2,498       8,893      13,464       8,887      5,853      3,494
Interest expense and other, net ..................     5,847       2,411       4,060       1,641         768        531      1,034
                                                    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------    -------
Income before income taxes........................    13,771          87       4,833      11,823       8,119      5,322      2,460
Income taxes .....................................     5,142          80       1,904       4,138       2,582      1,860        861
Change in accounting for income
  taxes ..........................................      --          --          --           380        --         --         --
                                                    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------    -------
Net income .......................................  $  8,629    $      7    $  2,929    $ 8,065     $  5,537    $ 3,462    $ 1,599
                                                    ========    ========    ========    ========    ========    =======    =======

BALANCE SHEET DATA(1):
Working capital ..................................  $117,353    $ 68,698    $ 73,286    $ 82,886    $ 52,722    $43,755    $20,699
Total assets .....................................   442,137     257,564     264,490     165,416     114,040     70,560     48,304
Long-term obligations(2):
Bank debt and other ..............................   117,915      65,709      67,412       1,181       2,086      2,339     22,549
6 3/4% Convertible
  subordinated debentures ........................    28,750      28,750      28,750      28,750      28,750       --         --
10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes ................   100,000        --          --          --          --         --         --
Shareholders' equity .............................   122,110     112,681     116,351     111,470      68,458     58,954     14,330
- ---------------------
</TABLE>
(1)     At period end.

(2)     Excludes current maturities of long-term debt.

                                       34
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The Company has grown significantly during the past five years. Net
sales grew from $45,293,000 in 1991 to $265,726,000 in 1995, a compound annual
growth rate of 55.5%. Over the same period, net income increased from $1,599,000
in 1991 to $10,005,000 in 1995, excluding the nonrecurring charge of $10,845,000
which was incurred in fiscal 1995. This represents a compound annual growth rate
of 58.2%. This growth resulted primarily from acquisitions of established
companies or product lines. Maxxim Delaware operates the Company's three
divisions: Case Management, Argon Medical, and Maxxim Medical Europe. The
Company's fourth division, Henley Healthcare, was sold to Lasermedics, Inc. in
the second quarter of fiscal 1996. Set forth below is a brief description of the
most significant acquisitions made by the Company since 1991, exclusive of the
Acquisition.

ACQUISITIONS BY THE COMPANY SINCE 1991

        STERILE CONCEPTS. Maxxim completed the Tender Offer and the Merger in
July and September, 1996, respectively, for cash of approximately $144,700,000,
which includes the repayment of $34,200,000 of Sterile Concepts debt, and
thereby became the second largest producer of custom procedure trays in the
United States. The Acquisition has increased the Company's share of the custom
procedure tray market, enhanced its ability to service a geographically diverse
customer base through expanded nationwide operations, and increased its access
to national buying groups. The Company is currently in the process of
integrating Sterile Concepts into its Case Management Division.

        GLOVE OPERATIONS. In June 1995, the Company acquired the world wide
glove business ("Glove Operations") from Becton Dickinson & Company and various
affiliates ("Becton Dickinson") for approximately $70,600,000 in cash, in order
to expand the Company's customer base and increase the Company's product
offering into the surgical suite. The gloves, which are sold under such brand
names as Tru-TouchT, SensiCareT, TraditionT, EudermicT, DextrenT and NeolonT,
include latex and non-latex surgical and examination versions. The Glove
Operations are part of the Case Management division.

        BOVIE ELECTROSURGERY. In June 1995, the Company acquired the Bovie line
of electrosurgical products for approximately $2,600,000 in cash, primarily to
increase the Company's vertical integration. The Bovie product lines include
electrosurgical generators, as well as related disposable products and supplies
which may be included in the Company's trays.

        MEDICA. On January 1, 1995, the Company purchased Medica B.V., a
Netherlands corporation ("Medica") for approximately $11,000,000 in cash, as a
means of obtaining Medica's expertise in manufacturing, fabricating,
distributing and selling various types of disposable medical supplies in Europe,
principally in The Netherlands and Belgium. Since July 1995 the Medica products
have been sold in Europe through the Maxxim Medical Europe division.

        STERILE DESIGN. Maxxim became one of the country's largest providers of
sterile custom procedure trays and significantly expanded its customer base in
July 1993 when it combined the "Sterile Design" tradename and certain inventory
and related assets acquired from a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson with the
Company's existing procedure tray business that was not specific to the
cardiology and radiology markets. The Johnson & Johnson assets were acquired for
approximately $25,000,000 in cash. Since June 1995 the Sterile Design products
have been assembled, packaged and sold under the management of the Case
Management division. Prior to that time, Sterile Design was a separate operating
division of Maxxim.

        BOUNDARY. In December 1992, the Company acquired Boundary Healthcare
Products Corp. ("Boundary") and assets of affiliated companies for $9,000,000 in
cash and approximately 484,000 shares of Common Stock issued by Maxxim-Texas.
Boundary manufactures and sells infection control apparel for operating room and
other medical personnel and disposable, non-woven patient draping systems, which
has allowed the Company to increase its vertical integration and increase the
profit margin on procedure trays including these types of products. Boundary
sells its

                                       35
<PAGE>
products to non-affiliated customers and transfers its products to Argon Medical
and Sterile Design for inclusion in procedure trays. Since June 1995 Boundary
products have been manufactured and sold under the management of the Case
Management division. Prior to that time, Boundary Healthcare was a separate
operating division of Maxxim.

        ARGON MEDICAL. In July 1991, the Company purchased the Argon Medical
operations ("Argon") of Edward Weck Incorporated, a subsidiary of Bristol-Myers
Squibb Company, for $13,400,000 in cash and a $1,800,000 promissory note. Argon
manufactures and markets disposable medical specialty products and assembles
procedural trays principally for the cardiology and radiology markets. This
acquisition allowed the Company to expand its customer base, increase its tray
volume, and achieve further vertical integration. Since its acquisition, Argon
has been a separate operating division of Maxxim.

        Due to the number, magnitude and timing of the Company's acquisitions,
the Company's operating results, as reflected in the consolidated financial
statements, are not directly comparable on a year-to-year or quarter-to-quarter
basis. Thus, the results of operations for fiscal 1994 reflect the partial
results of operations from acquisitions, while the results of operations for
fiscal 1995 reflect such operations for the full twelve months and the inclusion
of the Medica acquisition, the Bovie product line and the Glove Operations for
ten, five and four months, respectively. For the purposes of historical
comparison, the financial information and related discussions concerning the
operations of the Case Management division for 1995, 1994 and 1993 have been
prepared as if Sterile Design and Boundary had been combined as part of the Case
Management division during those entire periods, even though the Case Management
division was not formed until June 1995. In addition, fiscal 1995 includes the
results of the Maxxim Medical Europe division, which was formed in the fiscal
third quarter of 1995 as a result of the combination of the Medica and foreign
Glove Operations which were acquired during 1995.

        The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and other
detailed information appearing elsewhere herein.

                              RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

                  QUARTER AND NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 4, 1996
                  COMPARED TO SAME PERIODS ENDED JULY 30, 1995

        The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the
percentage which selected items in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of
Operations bear to net sales:

                                                PERCENTAGE OF NET SALES
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                       --------------------  ------------------
                                       August 4,   July 30,  August 4, July 30,
                                        1996        1995       1996      1995
                                        -----      -----      -----      -----
Net sales ..........................    100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
Cost of sales ......................     73.5%      70.2%      72.1%      69.4%
                                        -----      -----      -----      -----
Gross profit .......................     26.5%      29.8%      27.9%      30.6%
Operating expenses .................     18.9%      22.4%      20.4%      23.3%
Nonrecurring charges ...............      0.0%      16.5%       0.0%       5.9%
                                        -----      -----      -----      -----
Income (loss) from operations ......      7.6%      (9.1%)      7.5%       1.4%
Interest expense ...................     (2.1%)     (1.4%)     (2.1%)     (1.1%)
Other income (expense), net ........      0.2%      (0.6%)     (0.1%)     (0.2%)
                                        -----      -----      -----      -----
Income (loss) before taxes .........      5.7%     (11.1%)      5.3%       0.0%
Income taxes (benefit) .............      2.2%      (3.9%)      2.0%       0.0%
                                        -----      -----      -----      -----
Net income (loss) ..................      3.5%      (7.3%)      3.3%       0.0%
                                        =====      =====      =====      =====

        Net Sales for the third quarter of fiscal 1996 were $84,100,000, an
increase of 28.1% over the $65,700,000 reported for the third quarter of fiscal
1995. Net sales for the first nine months of fiscal 1996 were $261,600,000, a

                                       36
<PAGE>
43.3% increase over the $182,500,000 reported for the previous year. The
Company's gross profit increased to $22,300,000 in the third quarter of fiscal
1996 compared to $19,600,000 for the same quarter last year. For the nine months
ended August 4, 1996, gross profit was $73,100,000 versus the $55,900,000
reported for the same period last year. The increase in sales and gross profit
for both the quarter and the nine month periods was primarily due to world-wide
glove operation acquisition completed in July of fiscal 1995. The Company's
gross profit rate declined from 29.8% to 26.5% for the third quarter and from
30.6% to 27.9% for the nine month period of fiscal 1996 versus fiscal 1995. The
decline in gross margin rate was caused by the acquisition of the lower margin
glove products and the divestiture of the higher margin product lines of the
Henley Healthcare division.

        Operating expenses for the third quarter were $15,900,000 or 18.9% of
net sales for fiscal 1996, compared to $14,700,000 or 22.4% of net sales for
fiscal 1995. For the first nine months of fiscal 1996 and 1995 operating
expenses were $53,400,000 and $42,600,000, or 20.4% and 23.3% of net sales,
respectively. The increase in operating expenditures was directly attributable
to the glove operations acquisition and the decrease in the operating expense
rate to sales was attributable to cost savings that resulted from combining the
sales and distribution functions of the glove operations with the existing
operations of the Company. During the third quarter of fiscal 1995, the Company
recorded a non-recurring charge of $10,800,000 related to the formation of its
Case Management Division.

        Interest expense was $1,795,000 or 2.1% of net sales for the third
quarter of fiscal 1996 and $943,000 or 1.4% of net sales for the third quarter
of 1995. For the nine months ended August 4, 1996 and the nine months ended July
30, 1995 interest expense was $5,582,000 and $2,001,000, or 2.1% and 1.1% of net
sales respectively. The increase in interest expense for both the quarter and
the nine month periods is directly related to the credit facility established to
finance the glove operation acquisition. The Company's effective tax rate for
the quarter and nine months ended August 4, 1996 was 38.0% and 37.3% of income
before income taxes, respectively.

        The Company is currently integrating the operations of Sterile Concepts
with its already existing operations; however, the Company is experiencing
issues relating to the Merger. These issues could affect earnings in the fourth
quarter and into fiscal 1997. In addition, the Company anticipates taking a
one-time charge in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996 in connection with the
Merger. Since the Tender Offer was consummated just prior to the end of the
third quarter, no operating results of Sterile Concepts are included in the
consolidated operating results reported herein.

        Certain of the matters discussed in this report contain forward-looking
statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Although the Company believes
that its expectations are based upon reasonable assumptions, it can give no
assurance that anticipated results will occur.

        As a result of the foregoing, net income for the third fiscal quarter of
1996 was $2,952,000 or $0.36 a share, primary, versus a loss of $4,778,000 or
($0.59) a share, primary, for fiscal 1995. For the first nine months of fiscal
1996 and 1995, net income was $8,629,000 or $1.04 a share, primary, versus
$7,000 or $0.00 a share, primary, respectively.

                                       37
<PAGE>
        COMPANY FISCAL YEARS 1995, 1994 & 1993

        The following table presents selected financial information for the
periods indicated as a percentage of net sales and sets forth the percentage
dollar increase (decrease) of such items from period to period.

                                                        FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 1995       1994         1993
                                                 -----      -----        -----
Net sales ...................................    100.0 %    100.0%       100.0 %
Cost of sales ...............................     70.2       67.7         65.7
                                                 -----      -----        -----
Gross profit ................................     29.8       32.3         34.3
Operating expenses ..........................     22.4       25.3         27.4
Nonrecurring charges ........................      4.1       --           --
                                                 -----      -----        -----
Income from operations ......................      3.3        7.0          6.9
Interest expense ............................      1.5        1.0          1.1
Other income, net ...........................     --          0.2          0.5
                                                 -----      -----        -----
Income before taxes .........................      1.8        6.2          6.3
Income taxes ................................      0.7        2.2          2.0
                                                 -----      -----        -----
Income, before accounting change ............      1.1        4.0          4.3
Accounting change ...........................     --          0.2         --
                                                 -----      -----        -----
Net income ..................................      1.1        4.2          4.3
                                                 =====      =====        =====

        COMPANY FISCAL 1995 COMPARED TO 1994

        NET SALES -- Net sales for fiscal 1995 were $265,726,000, a 38.9%
increase over the $191,382,000 reported for fiscal 1994. Formed in June 1995,
the Case Management division had sales of $168,295,000 for fiscal 1995 compared
to sales of $130,357,000 for fiscal 1994. The increase is primarily due to new
product introductions and the Bovie and Glove Operation acquisitions (see Note 2
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). The Argon Medical division's
fiscal 1995 sales of $54,991,000 are 32.2% higher than the $41,610,000 recorded
for fiscal 1994. This increase is primarily attributable to the introduction of
the manifold and introducer products and an expanded line of pressure monitoring
kits. In its first year, Maxxim Medical Europe recorded $23,649,000 of sales
during fiscal 1995. In the Henley Healthcare division, sales decreased 3.2% to
$18,791,000 in fiscal 1995 from $19,415,000 in fiscal 1994. The Company believes
the country's general economic climate, together with concern over levels of
reimbursement for physical therapy under prospective healthcare reform
proposals, softened demand for the higher cost clinical equipment products of
the Henley Healthcare division. The Company has since divested itself of the
Henley Healthcare division.

        GROSS PROFIT -- The Company's gross profit was $79,231,000 for fiscal
1995, a 28.2% increase over the $61,813,000 for fiscal 1994. As anticipated, the
gross profit margin declined to 29.8% in fiscal 1995 from 32.3% in fiscal 1994,
primarily due to increased price pressure on procedure trays and the Company's
continued increased product mix of lower-margin hospital products. In 1995,
hospital product sales accounted for 92.9% of total sales compared to 1994
hospital product sales of 89.9%.

        MARKETING AND SELLING EXPENSES -- Marketing and selling expenses
increased to $41,430,000 in fiscal 1995, versus $33,547,000 in fiscal 1994,
although as a percentage of sales marketing and selling expenses decreased to
15.6% from 17.5%, respectively. The increase in marketing and selling expenses
is directly attributable to the increased sales level of the Company. The
decreased marketing and selling expenses, as a percentage of sales, are
primarily attributable to leveraging the expenses against incremental sales
increases and the reduced expenses achieved as a result of the restructuring.

                                       38
<PAGE>
        GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES -- General and administrative
expenses increased to $18,063,000 in fiscal 1995 from $14,802,000 in fiscal
1994, while as a percent of sales it decreased to 6.8% from 7.7%, respectively.
Similar to marketing and selling expenses the decrease, as a percentage of
sales, is primarily attributable to achieving economies of scale associated with
the Company's higher sales level.

        NONRECURRING CHARGES -- During the third quarter of fiscal 1995 the
Company recorded a nonrecurring charge of $10,845,000. This charge, which
consists of restructuring expenses, facility consolidation expenses and
intangible asset write-downs, had an $0.80 per share impact on fiscal 1995 fully
diluted earnings.

        INCOME FROM OPERATIONS -- Income from operations decreased to $8,893,000
in fiscal 1995, from $13,464,000 in fiscal 1994. The decrease is attributable to
the nonrecurring charge. Excluding the nonrecurring charge income from
operations increased to $19,738,000, a 46.6% increase over fiscal 1994.

        INTEREST EXPENSE -- The Company's interest expense increased to
$4,088,000 in fiscal 1995 from $2,059,000 in fiscal 1994. This increase is the
result of the Company borrowing $75,000,000 to purchase the Glove Operation
during the Company's third quarter.

        INCOME TAXES -- The effective income tax rate for fiscal 1995 increased
to 39.4% from 35.0% in fiscal 1994. This increase is primarily due to the
Company experiencing increased nondeductible amortization expenses.

        CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF THE CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES -- During
1994, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 109 ("FAS 109"), "Accounting for Income Taxes." The cumulative
effect of $380,000 is reported as a one-time benefit during fiscal 1994.

        NET INCOME -- As a result of the foregoing, fiscal 1995 net income was
$2,929,000 compared to fiscal 1994 income, before the FAS 109 accounting change
of $7,685,000. Excluding the fiscal 1995 nonrecurring charge and the fiscal 1994
FAS 109 accounting change, net income increased to $10,005,000 in fiscal 1995,
or 30.2% over fiscal 1994. Fully diluted earnings per share decreased 64% to
$0.36 in fiscal 1995, versus $1.00 in fiscal 1994. Fully diluted earnings per
share, excluding the 1995 nonrecurring charge and excluding the 1994 FAS 109
accounting change, increased 16.0% to $1.16 in fiscal 1995 versus $1.00 in
fiscal 1994. This increase is despite the weighted average number of shares
increasing to 8,159,000 in fiscal 1995 from 7,326,000 in 1994.

        COMPANY FISCAL 1994 COMPARED TO 1993

        NET SALES -- Net sales for fiscal 1994 were $191,382,000, a 47.5%
increase over the $129,740,000 reported for fiscal 1993. The Case Management
division's fiscal 1994 sales increased by 88% to $130,357,000 from $69,234,000
in fiscal 1993. The increase is primarily due to the expansion of the custom
procedure tray operations as the result of the July 1993 purchase of certain
assets from Johnson & Johnson Medical, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of
Johnson & Johnson. The Argon Medical division's fiscal 1994 sales of $41,610,000
were 8.2% higher than the $38,449,000 recorded for fiscal 1993. In the Henley
Healthcare division, sales decreased 12.0% to $19,415,000 in fiscal 1994 from
$22,057,000 in fiscal 1993. The Company believes the country's general economic
climate, together with concern over levels of reimbursement for physical therapy
under prospective healthcare reform proposals, softened demand for the higher
cost products of the Henley Healthcare division. The Company has since divested
itself of the Henley Healthcare division.

        GROSS PROFIT -- The Company's gross profit was $61,813,000 for fiscal
1994, a 38.9% increase over the $44,493,000 for fiscal 1993. As anticipated, the
gross profit margin declined to 32.3% in fiscal 1994 from 34.3% in fiscal 1993,
primarily due to the continued increase in sales of lower-margin hospital
products. In fiscal 1994 hospital product sales accounted for 89.9% of total
sales compared to fiscal 1993 hospital product sales of 83.0%.

        MARKETING AND SELLING EXPENSES -- Marketing and selling expenses
increased to $33,547,000, or 17.5% of sales in fiscal 1994, versus $23,285,000,
or 17.9% of sales, in fiscal 1993. The increase in marketing and

                                       39
<PAGE>
selling expenses is due to the expansion of the Case Management tray operations.
The decrease in marketing and selling expenses as a percentage of sales to 17.5%
in fiscal 1994 from 17.9% in fiscal 1993 is primarily because of the lower
expense rate experienced in the Company's expanded hospital supply operations.
In particular, custom procedure tray sales, which typically are made through
independent representatives and generally involve lower marketing and selling
costs, now represent a larger proportion of total sales.

        GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES -- General and administrative
expenses increased to $14,802,000 or 7.7% of sales in fiscal 1994, from
$12,321,000, or 9.5% of sales, in fiscal 1993. The decrease in general and
administrative expenses as a percentage of sales is due to the Company's
consolidation of certain administrative functions of operations acquired in
prior years.

        INCOME FROM OPERATIONS -- Income from operations increased 51.5% to
$13,464,000 in fiscal 1994, from $8,887,000 in fiscal 1993, as a result of the
sales increases discussed above. As a percentage of sales, income from
operations increased to 7.0% in 1994 from 6.9% in 1993.

        INTEREST EXPENSE -- The Company's interest expense increased by 39.5% to
$2,059,000 in fiscal 1994 from $1,476,000 in fiscal 1993. The increase is due to
$28,750,000 in Convertible Subordinated Debentures being outstanding the entire
year of 1994 compared to approximately seven months in 1993.

        INCOME TAXES -- The effective income tax rate for fiscal 1994 and 1993
did not materially differ from the statutory rates for each of the respective
years.

        CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF THE CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES -- As
required, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." The cumulative
effect of $380,000 is reported as a one-time benefit.

        NET INCOME -- As a result of the foregoing, net income increased by
$2,528,000, or 45.7%, to $8,065,000 in fiscal 1994 compared to fiscal 1993 net
income of $5,537,000. Primary earnings per share increased 17.0% to $1.10 in
fiscal 1994 versus $0.94 in fiscal 1993, despite a 24.3% increase in the
weighted average number of shares to approximately 7,326,000 in 1994 from
approximately 5,890,000 in 1993. On a fully diluted basis earnings per share
increased 14.3% to $1.04 in fiscal 1994 from $0.91 in fiscal 1993.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

        At August 4, 1996 the Company had cash and cash equivalents of
approximately $2,700,000, working capital of approximately $117,400,000,
long-term liabilities of $246,700,000, and shareholders' equity of $122,100,000.
For the nine months ended August 4, 1996, net cash provided by operations was
$6,700,000 versus $700,000 net cash used in operations for the nine months ended
July 30, 1995.

        During the second quarter of fiscal 1996 the Company received
approximately $6,000,000 in cash from the sale of certain assets of the Henley
Healthcare division. In accordance with the terms of the Company's credit
facility, $5,600,000 was used to retire a portion of the term loan.

        On July 30, 1996, the Company completed a private placement offering of
$100,000,000 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes, from which net proceeds of
approximately $97,000,000 were received by the Company (see Note 8). In
addition, pursuant to the terms of an amended Credit Agreement with its primary
lender dated July 30, 1996, the Company established a $90,000,000 term loan and
$75,000,000 revolving line of credit (see Note 7). On August 4, 1996, the term
loan was fully drawn and $32,300,000 was borrowed on the revolving line of
credit.

                                       40
<PAGE>
        On July 30, 1996, the Company used approximately $108,800,000 in cash to
complete a Tender Offer to the shareholders of Sterile Concepts (see Note 6),
approximately $34,200,000 in cash to repay the outstanding debt of Sterile
Concepts, and $72,700,000 in cash to repay outstanding debt related to the
previous credit agreement with its primary lender.

        During the first quarter of fiscal 1995 the Company used approximately
$11,000,000 in cash to acquire the Medica common stock and certain assets of
S.A. DPC N.V. The Medica and S.A. DPC N.V. assets acquired consist primarily of
receivables, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and certain intangible
assets.

        In addition, during the first quarter of fiscal 1995 the Company
purchased fixed assets, inventory, machinery and equipment related to injection
molding of plastic hospital disposals for $1,500,000 and 25,000 shares of common
stock, subject to valuation adjustments.

        During the second quarter of fiscal 1995 the Company used approximately
$13,400,000 in cash to purchase assets, inventory, machinery and equipment, and
patents related to the manufacture of pressure monitoring transducers.

        On June 1, 1995 the Company used approximately $2,600,000 in cash to
purchase machinery and equipment, inventory and goodwill associated with the
Bovie line of electrosurgical products.

        On June 30, 1995 the Company used approximately $70,600,000 in cash to
purchase property, plant and equipment and inventory associated with Glove
Operation of Becton Dickinson.

        Pursuant to the terms of an Amended Credit Agreement with NationsBank
dated June 30, 1995, the Company established a $75,000,000 term loan and a
$25,000,000 revolving line of credit. In connection with NationsBank's
syndication of the credit facility, the revolving line of credit was increased
to $45,000,000 on August 25, 1995. The term loan was fully drawn on June 30,
1995 and the proceeds were used to purchase the Glove Operation and for related
working capital requirements. This credit facility has now been modified
pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

        As the Company did not purchase the accounts receivable associated with
the Glove Operations, during the fourth quarter the Company used a portion of
the revolving line of credit to finance accounts receivable and for other
working capital purposes. From August 1, 1995 through September 21, 1995 the
Company regularly borrowed on the line of credit to a peak borrowing of
approximately $20,000,000. From September 22, 1995 to October 29, 1995 the
Company regularly paid down the line of credit to its October 29, 1995 balance
of approximately $4,800,000. In addition, on September 30, 1995 the Company made
its first quarterly principal payment, in the amount of $2,812,500, on the
$75,000,000 term note.

        During the third quarter of fiscal 1995, the Company formed its Case
Management division by combining the Boundary and Sterile Design divisions with
the newly acquired Glove Operations and Bovie product line. As a result of this
decision, the Company incurred a noncash special charge of $9,380,000. This
noncash portion of the nonrecurring charge consists of a write down of
intangibles and an estimated restructuring reserve.

        The 6 3/4% Convertible Subordinated Debentures ("Debentures") are
redeemable for cash at the option of the Company at any time on or after March
1, 1996. Initially the Debentures are redeemable at 105% of the principal and
then declining by 1% a year to par. In addition, the Debentures are convertible
into common stock at the option of the holders at a price of $18.00 per share.

LIQUIDITY

        As a result of the Prior Offering and borrowings under the Credit
Agreement, the Company has substantially increased its indebtedness and interest
expense. As of September 24, 1996, the Company had approximately $256,100,000 in
indebtedness (including current maturities). The Company anticipates that its
principal source of liquidity will be approximately $37,700,000 in additional
potential borrowing available under the line of credit as of

                                       41
<PAGE>
September 24, 1996. The Company believes that its present cash balances,
together with internally generated cash flow and borrowings under the Credit
Agreement, will be sufficient to meet the Company's cash needs for at least the
next twelve months.

INFLATION

        The Company believes inflation has not had a material effect on its
results of operations for the past three years. Historically, the Company
believes it has been able to minimize the effect of inflation by increasing the
selling prices of its products, improving its manufacturing efficiency and
increasing its employee productivity.

                              DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED BELOW, THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY APPLIES TO BOTH THE
OLD NOTES AND THE NEW NOTES. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERM "NOTES" SHALL MEAN THE OLD
NOTES AND THE NEW NOTES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

        The form and terms of the New Notes are substantially identical to the
form and terms of the Old Notes, except that (i) the exchange of the New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act, (ii)
the new Notes will not provide for payment of penalty interest as Liquidated
Damages, which terminate upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iii) the
New Notes will not bear any legends restricting transfer thereof. The New Notes
will be issued solely in exchange for an equal principal amount of Old Notes. As
of the date hereof, $100 million aggregate principal amount of Old Notes is
outstanding. See "The Exchange Offer."

GENERAL

        The New Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture among the
Company, as issuer, Maxxim Delaware and each of the Company's other existing
Subsidiaries (including Sterile Concepts and its Subsidiaries since the date of
the Merger), as Guarantors, and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include
those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference
to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"). The
Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the
Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement thereof. The following
summary of certain provisions of the Indenture does not purport to be complete
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Indenture, including the
definitions therein of certain terms used below. Copies of the Indenture and the
Registration Rights Agreement are available as set forth under "Additional
Information." The definitions of certain terms used in the following summary are
set forth below under the caption "Certain Definitions."

        The Notes will be unsecured senior subordinated general obligations of
the Company. The Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed on a senior
subordinated and unsecured basis by Maxxim Delaware and the Company's other
existing and future Subsidiaries (each, a "Note Guarantee" and, collectively,
the "Note Guarantees") (including Sterile Concepts and its Subsidiaries, since
the date of the Merger) that guarantee the Company's obligations under the
Credit Agreement or any other Senior Indebtedness. The Company, subject to
certain exceptions, will cause (i) each future Subsidiary of the Company that
guarantees the Company's obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other
Senior Indebtedness and (ii) each future Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company
to enter into a supplemental indenture providing for a Note Guarantee as
required in the Indenture; provided that any Guarantor that is not a Wholly
Owned Subsidiary of the Company which is released from its guarantee of the
Company's obligations under the Credit Agreement shall also be released from its
Note Guarantee so long as such Guarantor does not guarantee any Senior
Indebtedness.

        As of the date of the Indenture, none of the Company's Subsidiaries is
an Unrestricted Subsidiary; however, the Company will be able to designate any
non-U.S. Subsidiary of the Company, at the time of its formation or

                                       42
<PAGE>
acquisition, as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, subject to certain limitations. If
so designated, any such Unrestricted Subsidiary (as well as each of its
Subsidiaries) will not be considered a Subsidiary of the Company for any purpose
and accordingly will not be subject to the restrictive covenants set forth in
the Indenture, including, without limitation, the restrictions on the incurrence
of Indebtedness by Subsidiaries of the Company described herein, nor shall any
Unrestricted Subsidiary be a Guarantor. See the definition of "Unrestricted
Subsidiary."

        An Unrestricted Subsidiary shall continue to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary only if it (a) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; and
(b) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (x) to subscribe for
additional Equity Interests or (y) to maintain or preserve such Person's
financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of
operating results. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to meet
the foregoing requirements, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Subsidiary of the
Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be
incurred as of such date under the covenant described under the caption " --
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock," the Company shall
be in default of such covenant).

PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST

        The Notes will be limited in aggregate principal amount to $100 million
and will mature on August 1, 2006. Interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate
of 10 1/2% per annum and will be payable semiannually in arrears on February 1
and August 1, commencing on February 1, 1997, to Holders of record on the
immediately preceding January 15 and July 15. Interest on the Notes will accrue
from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has
been paid, from the date on which the Notes were originally issued. Interest
will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day
months. Principal, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages on the Notes
will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such
purpose within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Company,
payment of interest and Liquidated Damages may be made by check mailed to the
Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of
Holders of Notes; PROVIDED that all payments with respect to Global Notes and
Certificated Notes (as such terms are defined below under the caption "Book
Entry, Delivery and Form") the Holders of which have given wire transfer
instructions to the Company will be required to be made by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof.
Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company's office or agency in New
York will be in the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. The Notes
will be issued only in fully registered form, without coupons and in
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

NOTE GUARANTEES

        Under the Note Guarantees, each Guarantor will irrevocably and
unconditionally, jointly and severally, guarantee the performance and punctual
payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of
all Obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes. Each of the
Guarantors will agree to pay, in addition to any amount stated above, any and
all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the
Trustee in enforcing any rights under the Note Guarantees. Each of the Note
Guarantees will be limited in amount to an amount not to exceed the maximum
amount that can be guaranteed by the relevant Guarantor without rendering such
Note Guarantee as it relates to such Guarantor voidable under applicable law
relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws
affecting the rights of creditors generally. See "Risk Factors -- Fraudulent
Conveyance Statutes."

        Each of the Note Guarantees will be a continuing guarantee and shall (a)
remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all of the Company's
Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes or upon such Guarantor's no longer
being a Subsidiary of the Company and being released from its guarantee of
Indebtedness of the Company under the Credit Agreement and (b) inure to the
benefit of and be enforceable by the Trustee, the Holders and their successors,
transferees and assigns; provided that any Guarantor that is not a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of the Company which is released from its guarantee of the Company's
obligations under the Credit Agreement shall also be released from its Note

                                       43
<PAGE>
Guarantee so long as such Guarantor does not guarantee any Senior Indebtedness.
Each of the Note Guarantees shall be a guarantee of payment and not of
collection. Each of the Company's current Subsidiaries (including Sterile
Concepts and its Subsidiaries since the date of the Merger) is a Guarantor.

SUBORDINATION

        The payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on the Notes will be subordinated in right of payment, as set
forth in the Indenture, to the prior payment in full in cash of Senior
Indebtedness, which will include borrowings under the Credit Agreement, whether
outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter incurred.

        Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company in a liquidation or
dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property, an
assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshaling of the Company's
assets and liabilities, the holders of Senior Indebtedness will be entitled to
receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of Senior
Indebtedness (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding
at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Indebtedness) before the Holders
of Notes will be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Notes, and
until all Obligations with respect to Senior Indebtedness are paid in full in
cash, any distribution to which the Holders of Notes would be entitled shall be
made to the holders of Senior Indebtedness (except that Holders of Notes may
receive securities that are subordinated at least to the same extent as the
Notes to Senior Indebtedness and any securities issued in exchange for Senior
Indebtedness and Holders of Notes may recover payments made from the trust
described under the caption "Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance").

        The Company also may not make any payment upon or in respect of the
Notes (except in such subordinated securities or from the trust described under
the caption "Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance") if (i) a default in the
payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on Designated Senior
Indebtedness occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable period of grace or
(ii) any other default occurs and is continuing with respect to Designated
Senior Indebtedness which permits holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness
as to which such default relates to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee
receives a notice of such default (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from the Agent
Bank or the holders or the representative of the holders of any Designated
Senior Indebtedness. Payments on the Notes may and shall be resumed (a) in the
case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or
waived and (b) in case of a nonpayment default, the earlier of the date on which
such nonpayment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on which
the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the maturity of any
Designated Senior Indebtedness has been accelerated. No new period of payment
blockage may be commenced by a Payment Blockage Notice unless and until 360 days
have elapsed since the first day of the effectiveness of the immediately prior
Payment Blockage Notice. No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on
the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or
be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice, unless such default
has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 days.

        The Indenture further requires that the Company promptly notify holders
of Senior Indebtedness if payment of the Notes is accelerated because of any
Event of Default.

        As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the
event of an insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or liquidation of the
Company, or upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale
requiring repurchase by the Company of any Notes, there may not be sufficient
assets remaining to satisfy the claims of the Holders after satisfying the
claims of creditors of the Company who are holders of Senior Indebtedness and
claims of creditors of the Company's Subsidiaries. See "Risk Factors --
Subordination of Notes." After giving effect to the Acquisition and the
Financing Transactions, including the application of the net proceeds from the
issuance of the Notes, the principal amount of Senior Indebtedness outstanding
at August 4, 1996, was approximately $122.3 million. The terms of the Indenture
permit the Company and its Subsidiaries to incur additional Indebtedness,
subject to certain limitations, including additional Senior Indebtedness and
Indebtedness that may be secured by Liens on property of the Company

                                       44
<PAGE>
and its Subsidiaries. See the discussion below under the captions "Certain
Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" and
"Certain Covenants -- Liens."

        The Notes will rank senior in right of payment to the Company's 6-3/4%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures due March 1, 2003.

SUBORDINATION OF NOTE GUARANTEES; RELEASE OF NOTE GUARANTEES

        The Note Guarantees are subordinated in right of payment, as set forth
in the Indenture, to the prior payment in full in cash of Senior Indebtedness of
the relevant Guarantor, which includes guarantees of each Guarantor of
Indebtedness of the Company under the Credit Agreement, whether outstanding on
the date of the Indenture or thereafter incurred.

        Upon any distribution to creditors of a Guarantor in a liquidation or
dissolution of such Guarantor or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to such Guarantor or its property,
an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshaling of such Guarantor's
assets and liabilities, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor
will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in
respect of such Senior Indebtedness (including interest after the commencement
of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior
Indebtedness of such Guarantor) before the Holders of Notes will be entitled to
receive any payment with respect to the relevant Note Guarantee, and until all
Obligations with respect to Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor are paid in
full in cash, any payment that would have been made under such Note Guarantee
shall be made to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor (except
that Holders of Notes may receive securities that are subordinated at least to
the same extent as such Note Guarantee to Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor
and to any securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness of such
Guarantor). As of August 4, 1996 and September 24, 1996, the Guarantors had
$122.3 million and $127.3 million, respectively, in the aggregate of Senior
Indebtedness, $122.3 million and $127.3 million of which, respectively,
consisted of guarantees under the Credit Agreement.

        Such Guarantor also may not make any payment upon or in respect of its
Note Guarantee (except in such subordinated securities of such Guarantor) if (i)
a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on
Designated Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor occurs and is
continuing beyond any applicable period of grace or (ii) any other default
occurs and is continuing with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness of such
Guarantor which permits holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such
Guarantor as to which such default relates to accelerate its maturity and the
Trustee receives a Payment Blockage Notice from the Agent Bank or the holders or
the representative of the holders of any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such
Guarantor. Payments under any Note Guarantee may and shall be resumed (a) in the
case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or
waived and (b) in the case of a nonpayment default, the earlier of the date on
which such nonpayment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on
which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the maturity of
any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor has been
accelerated. No new period of payment blockage may be commenced by a Payment
Blockage Notice unless and until 360 days have elapsed since the effectiveness
of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice. No nonpayment default that
existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice
to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage
Notice, unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less
than 90 days.

        As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the
event of an insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or liquidation of a
Guarantor, or upon occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale requiring
repurchase by the Company of any Notes, there may not be sufficient assets
remaining to satisfy the claims of the Holders with respect to the relevant Note
Guarantee after satisfying the claims of creditors of such Guarantor who are
holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor. The terms of the Indenture
permit Subsidiaries of the Company to incur additional Indebtedness, subject to
certain limitations, including additional Senior Indebtedness and Indebtedness
that may be secured by Liens on property of the Subsidiaries. See the discussion
below under the captions "Certain Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock" and "Certain Covenants -- Liens."

                                       45
<PAGE>
        The Indenture provides that any Guarantor that is not a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of the Company which is released from its guarantee of the Company's
obligations under the Credit Agreement shall also be released from its Note
Guarantee so long as such Guarantor does not guarantee any Senior Indebtedness.
One of the circumstances in which this could occur is in the event of a sale or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor or
a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor,
provided, in each case, that such transaction is carried out in accordance with
the covenants described below under the captions "Repurchase at the Option of
Holders -- Asset Sales" and "Certain Covenants -- Merger, Consolidation or Sale
of Assets."

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

        The Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to August
1, 2001. Thereafter, the Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days'
notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount)
set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month
period beginning on August 1 of the years indicated below:

                      YEAR                          PERCENTAGE
        --------------------------------            ----------
        August 1, 2001..................             105.25%
        August 1, 2002..................             103.50%
        August 1, 2003..................             101.75%
        August 1, 2004 and thereafter...             100.00%

        If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection
of Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the
Notes are listed, or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis;
provided that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of
redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60
days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its
registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of
redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal
amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the
unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon
cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, interest
ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

MANDATORY REDEMPTION

        The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes.

REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS

        CHANGE OF CONTROL

        Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will
have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's Notes pursuant to the
offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at an offer price in cash
equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest
and Liquidated Damages thereon (the "Change of Control Purchase Price") to the
date of purchase (the "Change of Control Payment Date"). Within 30 days after
the date of any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder
describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control
and offering to repurchase Notes pursuant to the procedures required by the
Indenture and described in such notice. The Change of Control Payment Date shall
be a business day not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days after such notice
is mailed.

                                       46
<PAGE>
        On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent
lawful, (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an
amount equal to the Change of Control Purchase Price in respect of all Notes or
portions thereof so tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Trustee the Notes so tendered together with an officers' certificate stating the
aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the
Company. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered
the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly
authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder
a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal
amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Indenture provides that,
prior to complying with the provisions of this covenant, but in any event within
30 days following a Change of Control, the Company will either repay all
outstanding Senior Indebtedness or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under
all agreements governing outstanding Senior Indebtedness to permit the
repurchase of Notes required by this covenant. The Company will publicly
announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable
after the Change of Control Payment Date.

        Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the
Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to
require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a
takeover, recapitalization or similar restructuring. Although the existence of a
Holder's right to require the Company to repurchase the Notes in respect of a
Change of Control may deter a third party from acquiring the Company in a
transaction that constitutes a Change of Control, the provisions of the
Indenture relating to a Change of Control in and of themselves may not afford
Holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction,
reorganization, recapitalization, restructuring, merger or similar transaction
involving the Company that may adversely affect Holders, if such transaction is
not the type of transaction included within the definition of a Change of
Control.

        The Credit Agreement provides that certain change of control events with
respect to the Company would constitute a default thereunder. Any future credit
agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Indebtedness to which the
Company becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions. In the
event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from
purchasing Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders to the
purchase of Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such
prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such a consent or repay such
borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes. In such
case, the Company's failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event
of Default under the Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default under
the Credit Agreement. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the
Indenture would likely restrict payments to the Holders of Notes.

        The meaning of the phrase "all or substantially all" as used in the
definition of "Change of Control" with respect to a sale of assets varies
according to the facts and circumstances of the subject transaction, has no
clearly established meaning under relevant law and is subject to judicial
interpretation. Accordingly, in certain circumstances, there may be a degree of
uncertainty in ascertaining whether a particular transaction would involve a
disposition of "all or substantially all" of the assets of the Company, and
therefore it may be unclear whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether
the Notes are subject to a Change of Control Offer.

        Restrictions in the Indenture described herein on the ability of the
Company and its Subsidiaries to incur additional Indebtedness, to grant Liens on
its or their property, to make Restricted Payments and to make Asset Sales may
also make more difficult or discourage a takeover of the Company, whether
favored or opposed by the management of the Company. Consummation of any such
transaction in certain circumstances may require redemption or repurchase of the
Notes, and there can be no assurance that the Company or the acquiring party
will have sufficient financial resources to effect such redemption or
repurchase. In certain circumstances, such restrictions and the restrictions on
transactions with Affiliates may make more difficult or discourage any leveraged
buyout of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. While such restrictions cover
a variety of arrangements which have traditionally been used to effect highly
leveraged transactions, the Indenture may not afford the Holders of Notes
protection in all circumstances from the adverse aspects of a highly leveraged
transaction, reorganization, restructuring, merger or similar transaction.

                                       47
<PAGE>
        ASSET SALES

        The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, engage in an Asset Sale
except an Exempt Asset Sale, as defined below, unless (i) the Company (or such
Subsidiary) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal
to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and in the
case of a lease of assets, a lease providing for rent and other conditions which
are no less favorable to the Company (or such Subsidiary) in any material
respect than the then prevailing market conditions (evidenced in each case by a
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an officers'
certificate delivered to the Trustee), and (ii) at least 75% (100% in the case
of lease payments) of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such
Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that an Asset
Sale of the Company's sterilization unit in Oldsmar, Florida shall not be
subject to the requirement set forth in this clause (ii). An "Exempt Asset Sale"
means an Asset Sale on or after the date of the Indenture the Net Proceeds of
which plus the Net Proceeds of all other Asset Sales (other than Net Proceeds
from a sale of the Company's sterilization unit in Oldsmar, Florida)
concurrently or previously made on or after the date of the Indenture do not
exceed $10.0 million.

        The Company may apply, and may permit its Subsidiaries to apply, Net
Proceeds of an Asset Sale (other than an Exempt Asset Sale), at its option,
within 365 days after the consummation of such an Asset Sale (a) to permanently
reduce Senior Indebtedness other than Senior Revolving Debt, (b) to permanently
reduce Senior Revolving Debt (and to correspondingly reduce the commitments, if
any, with respect thereto), (c) to permanently reduce any outstanding
Indebtedness of any Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce the commitments, if
any, with respect thereto), (d) to acquire another business or any substantial
part of another business or other long-term assets, in each case, in, or used or
useful in, the same or a similar line of business as the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries was engaged in on the date of the Indenture or any reasonable
extensions or expansions thereof (including the Capital Stock of another Person
engaged in such business, provided such other Person is, or immediately after
giving effect to any such acquisition shall become, a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of
the Company), or (e) to reimburse the Company or its Subsidiaries for
expenditures made, and costs incurred, to repair, rebuild, replace or restore
property subject to loss, damage or taking to the extent that the Net Proceeds
consist of insurance proceeds received on account of such loss, damage or
taking. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may
temporarily reduce Senior Revolving Debt or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds
temporarily in Cash Equivalents. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales (other than
Exempt Asset Sales) that are not applied within 365 days after the consummation
of an Asset Sale as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph will be
deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds." When the aggregate amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Company will be required to make an offer to
all Holders of Notes (an "Asset Sale Offer") to purchase, on a pro rata basis,
the principal amount of Notes equal in amount to the Excess Proceeds (and not
just the amount thereof that exceeds $5.0 million), at a purchase price in cash
in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon to the date of purchase, in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. If the aggregate
principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of
Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro
rata basis. Upon completion of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess
Proceeds shall be reset at zero, subject to any subsequent Asset Sale.

        In the event of the transfer of substantially all (but not all) of the
property and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as an entirety to a
Person in a transaction permitted under the caption "Certain Covenants --
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets" below, the successor corporation shall
be deemed to have sold the properties and assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries not so transferred for purposes of this covenant, and shall comply
with the provisions of this covenant with respect to such deemed sale as if it
were an Asset Sale. In addition, the fair market value of such properties and
assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries deemed to be sold shall be deemed to
be Net Proceeds for purposes of this covenant.

        If at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company or any
Subsidiary in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or
otherwise disposed of for cash, then such conversion or disposition shall be
deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Proceeds thereof shall
be applied in accordance with this covenant.

                                       48
<PAGE>
        The Company will comply with the requirements of Section 14(e) of, and
Rule 14e-1 under, the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection
with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control or an Asset
Sale.

        The Company may use Net Proceeds from Exempt Asset Sales for general
corporate purposes (subject to the other provisions of the Indenture).

CERTAIN COVENANTS

        OWNERSHIP OF AND LIENS ON CAPITAL STOCK

        The Indenture provides that the Company (i) will not permit any Person
(other than the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company) to own
any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Company, and (ii) will not permit any
Subsidiary of the Company to issue Capital Stock (except to the Company or to a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary) or create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien
thereon, in each case except (a) directors' qualifying shares, (b) Capital Stock
issued prior to the time such Person became a Subsidiary of the Company,
provided that such Capital Stock was not issued in anticipation of such
transaction, (c) if such Subsidiary merges with another Subsidiary of the
Company, (d) if such Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company (as a
result of the sale of 100% of the shares of such Subsidiary, the Net Proceeds
from which are applied in accordance with "Repurchase at the Option of Holders
- -- Asset Sales"), (e) Liens on Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Company to
secure Indebtedness incurred under the Credit Agreement or other Senior
Indebtedness incurred in compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test
set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under the caption "--
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" or (f) Liens on
Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Company granted in accordance with the
provisions of the Indenture described below in the first sentence under the
caption "Liens."

        RESTRICTED PAYMENTS

        The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (i) declare or pay any
dividend or make any distribution of any kind or character (whether in cash,
securities or other property) on account of any class of the Company's or any of
its Subsidiaries' Equity Interests or to holders thereof (including, without
limitation, any payment to stockholders of the Company in connection with a
merger or consolidation involving the Company), other than (a) dividends or
distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)
of the Company or (b) dividends or distributions payable solely to the Company
or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company and, if such Subsidiary is not a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, payable simultaneously to its minority
shareholders on a pro rata basis; (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or
retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company, any Subsidiary of the
Company, any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any other Affiliate of the Company
(other than any such Equity Interests owned by the Company or any Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of the Company); (iii) make any principal payment on, or purchase,
redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the
Company or any Guarantor that is PARI PASSU with or subordinated to the Notes or
the Note Guarantees prior to any scheduled repayment date, mandatory sinking
fund payment date or final maturity date (other than the Notes), other than
through the purchase, redemption or acquisition by the Company of Indebtedness
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries through the issuance in exchange
therefor of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or
(iv) make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments) (all such payments
and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively
referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of and after giving
effect to such Restricted Payment:

        (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
        or would occur as a consequence thereof;

        (b) at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma
        effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the of the
        applicable four-quarter period, the Company would have been permitted

                                       49
<PAGE>
        to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed
        Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the
        covenant described below under the caption "-- Incurrence of
        Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock"; and

        (c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all
        other Restricted Payments declared or made by the Company and its
        Subsidiaries on or after the date of the Indenture (excluding Restricted
        Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the second of the
        next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (i) 50% of the
        Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one
        accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter
        commencing after the date of the Indenture to the end of the Company's
        most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial
        statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if
        such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of
        such deficit), plus (ii) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds
        received by the Company from the issue or sale after the date of the
        Indenture of Equity Interests of the Company or of debt securities of
        the Company that have been converted into such Equity Interests (other
        than Equity Interests (or convertible debt securities) sold to a
        Subsidiary of the Company or an Unrestricted Subsidiary and other than
        Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into
        Disqualified Stock), subject to the provision in the first sentence of
        the next succeeding paragraph.

        The foregoing clause (c), however, will not prohibit the Company and its
Subsidiaries from declaring or making up to an aggregate amount of $10 million
of Restricted Payments, in addition to the aggregate amount of Restricted
Payments that are permitted under paragraph (c), provided, however, that if the
aggregate amount of Restricted Payments declared or made under this sentence
equals $10 million, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries may declare
or make any further Restricted Payments under the foregoing paragraph (c)
unless, and only to the extent that, the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments
that would, but for this sentence, be permitted by paragraph (c) exceeds $10
million. The foregoing clauses (b) and (c) will also not prohibit (i) the
payment of any dividend on any class of Capital Stock of the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof,
if on the date on which such dividend was declared such payment would have
complied with the provisions of the Indenture; (ii) the making of any Investment
in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale
(other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any Unrestricted Subsidiary) of
Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that
any net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Investment, and any Net
Income resulting therefrom, shall be excluded from clause (c) of the preceding
paragraph; (iii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of
any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of,
the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or
to any Unrestricted Subsidiary) of other Equity Interests of the Company (other
than any Disqualified Stock); provided that any net cash proceeds that are
utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition,
and any Net Income resulting therefrom, shall be excluded from clause (c) of the
preceding paragraph; and (iv) the defeasance, redemption or repurchase of PARI
PASSU or subordinated Indebtedness with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence
of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or the substantially concurrent sale
(other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any Unrestricted Subsidiary) of
Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that
any net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such defeasance, redemption or
repurchase, and any Net Income resulting therefrom, shall be excluded from
clause (c) of the preceding paragraph.

        The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the
fair market value (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth
in an officers' certificate delivered to the Trustee) on the date of the
Restricted Payment of the asset(s) proposed to be transferred by the Company or
such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. Not
later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver
to the Trustee an officers' certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is
permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by
the covenant described under this caption were computed, which calculations may
be based upon the Company's latest available financial statements.

        INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK

                                       50
<PAGE>
        The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable,
contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, "incur") any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and that the Company will not
issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to
issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company and any
Guarantor that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the
United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia may
incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company may issue
shares of Disqualified Stock if: (i) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the
Company's most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal
financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such
additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued would
have been at least 2 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro
forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional
Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as
the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period; and (ii) no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur
as a consequence thereof; proved that the aggregate principal amount of any such
Indebtedness incurred by all such non-U.S. Guarantors pursuant to this paragraph
and outstanding at any time shall not exceed $15 million.

        The foregoing limitations on the incurrence of Indebtedness will not
apply to:

        (i) the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness under the Credit
        Agreement (and the incurrence by Subsidiaries of the Company of
        guarantees thereof) in an aggregate principal amount at any time
        outstanding (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal
        amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its
        Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $165 million, less the aggregate
        amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied to permanently reduce
        the outstanding amount or the commitments with respect to such
        Indebtedness pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption
        "-- Asset Sales";

        (ii) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness
        represented by the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

        (iii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of
        Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage
        financings or Purchase Money Obligations, in each case incurred for the
        purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of
        construction or improvement of property used in the business of the
        Company or such Subsidiary or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
        thereof (provided that the requirements of clause (ii) of the definition
        of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness need not be met for the purposes
        of this clause (iii)), in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
        $5.0 million at any time outstanding;

        (iv) the incurrence by the Company of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
        in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend,
        refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund, any Indebtedness described
        in the first paragraph or Indebtedness evidenced by the Company's 6 3/4%
        Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2003;

        (v) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of
        intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its
        Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or between or among any Wholly Owned
        Subsidiaries; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness of the Company,
        such obligations shall be unsecured and subordinated in case of an event
        of default in all respects to the Company's obligations pursuant to the
        Notes; and provided, however, that (a) any subsequent issuance or
        transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being
        held by a Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of
        the Company and (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness
        to a Person that is not either the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary
        of the Company shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an
        incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Subsidiary, as
        the case may be;

        (vi)   the incurrence by the Company of Hedging Obligations;

                                       51
<PAGE>
        (vii) the incurrence by Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by
        Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company permitted under the first
        paragraph of this covenant or clause (iv) of this covenant; and

        (viii) the incurrence by the Company and its Subsidiaries of
        Indebtedness (in addition to Indebtedness permitted by any other clause
        of this paragraph) in an aggregate principal amount at any time
        outstanding not to exceed $10.0 million.

        LIENS

        The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any Lien on any of its assets, now owned or hereafter acquired,
securing any Indebtedness other than Senior Indebtedness or Indebtedness
specified in clauses (w) or (y) of the second sentence of the definition of
"Senior Indebtedness," unless the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note
Guarantees, in the case of the Guarantors, are secured equally and ratably with
such other Indebtedness; PROVIDED that, if such Indebtedness is by its terms
expressly subordinate to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, the Lien securing
such subordinate or junior Indebtedness shall be subordinate and junior to the
Lien securing the Notes or the Note Guarantees with the same relative priority
as such subordinated or junior Indebtedness shall have with respect to the Notes
or the Note Guarantees.

        DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES

        The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or
suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the
ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to (i)(a) pay dividends or make any
other distributions to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on its Capital
Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by,
its profits, or (b) pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries, (iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets
to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) guarantee the obligations of
the Company evidenced by the Notes or any renewals, refinancings, exchanges,
refundings or extensions thereof, except for such encumbrances or restrictions
existing under or by reason of (A) Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the
date of the Indenture consisting of capital leases whose encumbrances or
restrictions are limited to the property subject to such leases, (B) the
Indenture and the Notes, (C) applicable law, (D) any instrument governing
Acquired Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to
the extent such Acquired Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in
contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not
applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than
the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that
the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person is not taken into account in determining
whether such acquisition was permitted by the terms of the Indenture, or (E) any
document or instrument governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (iii)
of the second paragraph under the caption "Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock," provided that any such restriction contained
therein relates only to the asset or assets constructed or acquired in
connection therewith, or (F) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness of Indebtedness
described in clause (D) hereof, provided that the restrictions contained in the
agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more
restrictive than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness
being refinanced.

        LIMITATION ON LAYERING DEBT

        The Indenture provides that the Company will not incur, create, issue,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness and senior
in any respect in right of payment to the Notes.

        MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ASSETS

                                       52
<PAGE>
        The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and the Company will
not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, in a single transaction or series
of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into (other than the
consolidation or merger of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company with another
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company or into the Company) (whether or not the
Company or such Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or directly and/or
indirectly through its Subsidiaries sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the
Company and its Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company
and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole) in one or more related transactions to,
another corporation, Person or entity unless

        (i) either (a) the Company, in the case of a transaction involving the
        Company, or such Subsidiary, in the case of a transaction involving a
        Subsidiary of the Company, is the surviving corporation or (b) in the
        case of a transaction involving the Company or such Subsidiary, the
        entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
        merger (if other than the Company or such Subsidiary) or to which such
        sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall
        have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of
        the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of
        Columbia and expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under
        the Notes and the Indenture or such Subsidiary under the relevant Note
        Guarantee and the Indenture, as the case may be, pursuant to a
        supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

        (ii) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default
        exists;

        (iii) in the case of a transaction involving the Company, the Company
        or, if other than the Company, the entity or Person formed by or
        surviving any such consolidation or merger, or to which such sale,
        assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have
        been made (A) will have Consolidated Net Worth immediately after the
        transaction equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the
        Company immediately preceding the transaction and (B) will, at the time
        of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
        transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
        period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
        pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first
        paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption "--
        Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock";

        (iv) if, as a result of any such transaction, property or assets of the
        Company or a Guarantor would become subject to a Lien securing
        Indebtedness not excepted from the provisions of the Indenture described
        above under the caption "-- Liens," the Company, any such Guarantor or
        the surviving entity, as the case may be, shall have secured the Notes
        and the relevant Note Guarantee, as required by such provisions; and

        (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers'
        certificate and, except in the case of a merger of a Subsidiary of the
        Company into the Company or into a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
        Company, an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation,
        merger, conveyance, lease or disposition and any supplemental indenture
        with respect thereto, comply with all of the terms of this covenant and
        that all conditions precedent provided for in this provision relating to
        such transaction or series of transactions have been complied with.

For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or
otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the
Company the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the
properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all
or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

        TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

        The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, after the date of the
Indenture, in any one transaction or a series of related transactions, sell,
lease, transfer

                                       53
<PAGE>
or otherwise dispose of any of its properties, assets or services to, or make
any payment to, or purchase any property, assets or services from, or enter into
or make any agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of,
any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate Transaction"), other than
Exempt Affiliate Transactions, unless (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms
that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Subsidiary than those
that would have been obtained in a comparable arm's length transaction by the
Company or such Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate and (ii) the
Company delivers to the Trustee (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction
entered into after the date of the Indenture involving aggregate consideration
in excess of $1.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company
set forth in an officers' certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction
complies with clause (i) above and that such Affiliate Transaction has been
approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of
the Company and (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving
aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, a written opinion issued by
an independent financial advisor of national standing that such Affiliate
Transaction is fair to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, from
a financial point of view.

        REPORTS

        The Indenture provides that, whether or not required by the rules and
regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company
will furnish to the Holders of Notes, and file with the Trustee, within 15 days
after it is or would have been required to file such with the Commission (i) all
quarterly and annual financial information that is or would be required to be
contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company
is or were required to file such Forms, including a "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and, with respect to
the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company's certified
independent accountants and (ii) all current reports that is or would be
required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company is or were
required to file such reports. In addition, whether or not required by the rules
and regulations of the Commission, at any time after the Company files a
registration statement with respect to the Exchange Offer or a Shelf
Registration Statement, the Company will file a copy of all such information and
reports with the Commission for public availability (unless the Commission will
not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities
analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Company has
agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the
Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their
request, the information specified in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

        The Indenture provides that each of the following constitutes an Event
of Default: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or
Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the
subordination provisions of the Indenture); (ii) default in payment when due of
the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes (whether or not prohibited by
the subordination provisions of the Indenture); (iii) failure by the Company to
comply with the provisions described under the captions "Repurchase at Option of
Holders -- Change of Control," "Repurchase at Option of Holders -- Asset Sales,"
"-- Ownership of and Liens on Capital Stock," "-- Restricted Payments," "--
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" or "-- Merger,
Consolidation or Sale of Assets"; (iv) failure by the Company to consummate the
merger of Maxxim Acquisition Co. with and into Sterile Concepts Holdings, Inc.
on or prior to December 15, 1996; (v) failure by the Company to comply with any
of its other agreements or covenants in the Indenture or the Notes for 60 days
after written notice by the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes outstanding; (vi) default under any mortgage,
indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be
secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is
created after the date of the Indenture, which default (a) is caused by a
failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness at final maturity thereof (a
"Payment Default") or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior
to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness
as to which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been
so accelerated, exceeds in the aggregate $5.0 million; (vii) failure by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay final judgments (not fully covered by
insurance) which exceed in the aggregate $5.0 million, which judgments are not
paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (viii) certain events

                                       54
<PAGE>
of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries; and (ix) the Note Guarantee of any Guarantor is held in any
judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to
be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture) or any Guarantor or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor
denies or disaffirms such Guarantor's obligations under its Note Guarantee
(other than by reason of a release of such Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture).

        If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of all of the then
outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.
After such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration,
the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes
may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all
Events of Default, other than the non-payment of principal, interest, premium or
Liquidated Damages that have become due solely because of such acceleration,
have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further
action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the
Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations,
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Indenture provides
that if a Default occurs and is continuing, generally the Trustee must give
notice of such Default to the Holders within 90 days after the occurrence of
such Default. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any
continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default
relating to the payment of principal or premium, if any, or interest or
Liquidated Damages) if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest.

        The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of
the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences
under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the
payment of interest or premium or Liquidated Damages on, or the principal of,
any Note (except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been
rescinded) or in respect of a provision that cannot be amended or waived without
the consent of the Holder affected. See "Amendment, Supplement and Waiver."

        The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement
regarding compliance with the Indenture, and upon becoming aware of any Default
or Event of Default, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS

        No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the
Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company
under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by
reason of, such obligations or their creation. No director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability
for any obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or the Indenture
or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or
their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all
such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees. Such waiver may not be effective
to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the
Commission that such waiver is against public policy.

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

        At its option and at any time, the Company may elect to have all of the
obligations of the Company and the Guarantors discharged with respect to the
outstanding Notes ("Legal Defeasance") except for (i) the rights of Holders of
outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium,
if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages on such Notes when such payments are
due from the trust referred to below, (ii) the Company's obligations with
respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes,
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or
agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust, (iii) the

                                       55
<PAGE>
Company's obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, (iv) the rights,
powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company's
obligations in connection therewith and (v) the Legal Defeasance provisions of
the Indenture. In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time,
elect to have the obligations of the Company released with respect to certain
covenants that are described in the Indenture ("Covenant Defeasance") and
thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a
Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant
Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including nonpayment, bankruptcy and
insolvency events) described under "Events of Default" will no longer constitute
an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

        In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i)
the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit
of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations,
or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion
of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages on the
outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date,
as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being
defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; (ii) in the case of
Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of
counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming
that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the
Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of the Indenture, there
has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to
the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that,
the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the
same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not
occurred; (iii) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes
will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a
result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on
the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit
(other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds
to be applied to such deposit) or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy
or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the
123rd day after the date of deposit; (v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries is bound; (vi) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an
officers' certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with
the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over other creditors of the
Company or the Guarantors or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying
or defrauding creditors of the Company, the Guarantors or others; (vii) such
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in the trust arising
from such deposit constituting an investment company within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, unless such trust shall be
registered under such Act or exempt from registration thereunder; and (viii) the
Company must deliver to the Trustee an officers' certificate and a opinion of
counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to Legal Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE

        A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the
Indenture. The Trustee will act as paying agent and registrar for the Notes. The
Company, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things,
to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents as well as
certifications, legal opinions and other information and the Company may require
a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected
for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any
Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

        The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for
all purposes.

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

                                       56
<PAGE>
        Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture
or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of
at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including
consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the
Notes), and any existing default or failure to comply with any provision of the
Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

        Without the consent of each Holder, an amendment or waiver may not: (i)
reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver, (ii) reduce the principal of or premium on or change the
fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the
redemption of the Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants
described above under the caption "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders"),
(iii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note,
(iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or
premium, if any, or interest or Liquidated Damages on the Notes (except a
rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the
payment default that resulted from such acceleration), (v) make any Note payable
in money other than that stated in the Notes, (vi) make any change in the
provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights
of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or
interest or Liquidated Damages on the Notes, (vii) waive a redemption payment
with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by one of the covenants
described above under the caption "Repurchase at the Option of Holders"), (viii)
modify the ranking or priority of the Notes or the Note Guarantee of any
Guarantor, (ix) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note
Guarantee or the Indenture other than in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture or (x) make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver
provisions.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder of
Notes, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the
Notes to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of Certificated Notes, to
provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to Holders of Notes in
the case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any
additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely
affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes in any material respect, or to
comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

PAYMENTS FOR CONSENT

        Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Unrestricted
Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of
any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any
terms or provisions of the Notes, unless such consideration is offered to be
paid or agreed to be paid to all Holders of the Notes which so consent, waive or
agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

        First Union National Bank of North Carolina is the Trustee under the
Indenture. The Trustee's current address is 230 South Tryon Street, Eighth
Floor, Charlotte, North Carolina 28288.

        The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to
certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default
shall occur (which shall not have been cured), the Trustee will be required, in
the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the
conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be
under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture
at the request of any Holder of Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to
the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense.

                                       57
<PAGE>
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        Anyone who receives this Prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indenture
and Registration Rights Agreement without charge by writing to Maxxim Medical,
Inc., 104 Industrial Boulevard, Sugar Land, Texas 77478, Attention:
Chief Operating Officer.

BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

        The Notes will initially be issued in the form of one Global Note (the
"Global Note"). The Global Note will be deposited on the date of consummation of
the Exchange Offer with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust
Company (the "Depositary") and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee
of the Depositary (such nominee being referred to herein as the "Global Note
Holder").

        The Depositary is a limited-purpose trust company that was created to
hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the
"Participants" or the "Depositary's Participants") and to facilitate the
clearance and settlement of transactions in such securities between Participants
through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The
Depositary's Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the
Initial Purchasers), banks and trust companies, clearing corporations and
certain other organizations. Access to the Depositary's system is also available
to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies
(collectively, the "Indirect Participants" or the "Depositary's Indirect
Participants") that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
Participant, either directly or indirectly. Persons who are not Participants may
beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of the Depositary only through
the Depositary's Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants.

        The Company expects that pursuant to procedures established by the
Depositary (i) upon deposit of the Global Note, the Depositary will credit the
accounts of Participants exchanging Old Notes for New Notes with portions of the
principal amount of the Global Note and (ii) ownership of the Notes evidenced by
the Global Note will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be
effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary (with respect to the
interests of the Depositary's Participants), the Depositary's Participants and
the Depositary's Indirect Participants. Holders are advised that the laws of
some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive
form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to own, transfer or
pledge Notes evidenced by the Global Note will be limited to such extent.

        So long as the Global Note Holder is the registered owner of any Notes,
the Global Note Holder will be considered the sole Holder under the Indenture of
any Notes evidenced by the Global Note. Beneficial owners of Notes evidenced by
the Global Note will not be considered the owners or Holders thereof under the
Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any
directions, instructions or approvals to the Trustee thereunder. Neither the
Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect
of the records of the Depositary or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing
any records of the Depositary relating to the Notes.

        Payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest,
if any, on any Notes registered in the name of the Global Note Holder on the
applicable record date will be payable by the Trustee to or at the direction of
the Global Note Holder in its capacity as the registered Holder under the
Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may
treat the persons in whose names Notes, including the Global Note, are
registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments.
Consequently, neither the Company nor the Trustee has or will have any
responsibility or liability for the payment of such amounts to beneficial owners
of Notes. The Company believes, however, that it is currently the policy of the
Depositary to immediately credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with
such payments, in amounts proportionate to their respective holdings of
beneficial interests in the relevant security as shown on the records of the
Depositary. Payments by the Depositary's Participants and the Depositary's
Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of Notes will be governed by
standing instructions and customary practice and will be the responsibility of
the Depositary's Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants.

                                       58
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATED NOTES

        Any beneficial owner of Notes evidenced by the Global Note may obtain
Notes in the form of registered definitive Notes ("Certificated New Notes"). If
(i) the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that the Depositary is no longer
willing or able to act as a depositary and the Company is unable to locate a
qualified successor within 90 days or (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies
the Trustee in writing that it elects to change the issuance of Notes in the
form of Certificated Securities under the Indenture then, upon surrender by the
Global Note Holder of its Global Note, Certificated Notes will be issued to each
person that the Global Note Holder and the Depositary identify as being the
beneficial owner of the related Notes.

        Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by the
Global Note Holder or the Depositary in identifying the beneficial owners of
Notes and the Company and the Trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be
protected in relying on, instructions from the Global Note Holder or the
Depositary for all purposes.

SAME-DAY SETTLEMENT AND PAYMENT

        The Indenture requires that payments in respect of the Notes represented
by the Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any) be made by wire transfer of immediately available
funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note Holder. With respect to
Certificated Notes, the Company will make all payments of principal, premium, if
any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof or, if no such
account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder's registered
address. Secondary trading in long-term notes and debentures of corporate
issuers is generally settled in clearing-house or next-day funds. In contrast,
the Notes represented by the Global Note are expected to be eligible to trade in
the Depositary's Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary
market trading activity in such Notes will, therefore, be required by the
Depositary to be settled in immediately available funds. The Company expects
that secondary trading in the Certificated Notes will also be settled in
immediately available funds.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

        Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture.
Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as
well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is
provided.

        "ACQUIRED INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i)
any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of any other Person existing at the time
such other Person is merged with or into or becomes a Subsidiary of such
specified Person, including, without limitation, Indebtedness incurred in
connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into
or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person, and (ii) Indebtedness secured
by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, and in either
case for purposes of the Indenture shall be deemed to be incurred by such
specified Person at the time such other Person is merged with or into or becomes
a Subsidiary of such specified Person or at the time such asset is acquired by
such specified Person, as the case may be.

        "AFFILIATE" of any specified Person means (i) any other Person directly
or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person or (ii) any other Person who is a director or
executive officer of (a) such specified Person or (b) any Person described in
the preceding clause (i). For purposes of this definition, "control" (including,
with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under
common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that
beneficial ownership of 10% or more of any class, or any series of any class, of
equity securities of a Person, whether or not voting, shall be deemed to be
control.

        "AGENT BANK" means NationsBank of Texas, N.A. and its successors under
the Credit Agreement.

                                       59
<PAGE>
        "ASSET SALE" means with respect to any Person, the sale, lease,
conveyance or other disposition, that does not constitute a Restricted Payment
or an Investment, by such Person of any of its assets (including, without
limitation, by way of a sale and leaseback and including the issuance, sale or
transfer of any Equity Interests in any Subsidiary of the Company or the sale or
transfer of Equity Interests in any Unrestricted Subsidiary) other than to the
Company (including the receipt of proceeds of insurance paid on account of the
loss of or damage to any asset and awards of compensation for any asset taken by
condemnation, eminent domain or similar proceeding, and including the receipt of
proceeds of business interruption insurance), in each case, in one or a series
of related transactions; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the term
"Asset Sale" shall not include: (a) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or
other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, in
accordance with the terms of the covenant described under the caption "Certain
Covenants -- Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets," (b) the sale or lease of
equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary course
of business consistent with past practice, (c) a transfer of assets by the
Company to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company or by a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Subsidiary
of the Company, (d) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary
of the Company to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Company, provided that the consideration paid by the Company or such Wholly
Owned Subsidiary of the Company for such Equity Interests shall be deemed to be
an Investment, or (e) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents.

        "CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION" means, at the time any determination thereof
is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that
would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in
accordance with GAAP.

        "CAPITAL STOCK" means (i) in the case of a corporation, capital stock,
(ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares,
interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of
capital stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests
(whether general or limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that
confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of,
or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

        "CASH EQUIVALENT" means (a) securities issued or directly and fully
guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United
States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities not more than twelve
months from the date of acquisition, (b) U.S. dollar denominated (or foreign
currency fully hedged) time deposits, certificates of deposit, Eurodollar time
deposits or Eurodollar certificates of deposit of (i) any domestic commercial
bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $500 million
or (ii) any bank whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least
A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody's is at least P-1 or the equivalent
thereof (any such bank being an "Approved Lender"), in each case with maturities
of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition, and (c) commercial
paper issued by any Approved Lender (or by the parent company thereof) or any
variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by, any domestic corporation rated
A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent
thereof) or better by Moody's and maturing within twelve months of the date of
acquisition.

        "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means such time as either:

        (i) any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of
        the Exchange Act) (other than an underwriter conducting a firm
        commitment underwriting of the Company's Voting Stock) has become,
        directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner, by way of merger,
        consolidation or otherwise, of 35% or more of the voting power of the
        Voting Stock of the Company on a fully-diluted basis, after giving
        effect to the conversion and exercise of all outstanding warrants,
        options and other securities of the Company convertible into or
        exercisable for Voting Stock of the Company (whether or not such
        securities are then currently convertible or exercisable); or

        (ii) the sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of the
        assets of the Company to any Person or group; or

                                       60
<PAGE>
        (iii) during any period of two consecutive calendar years, individuals
        who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors
        of the Company, together with any new members of such Board of Directors
        whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for
        election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a
        majority of the members of such Board of Directors then still in office
        who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose
        election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease
        for any reason to constitute a majority of the directors of the Company
        then in office; or

        (iv) the Company consolidates with or merges with or into another Person
        or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company (in
        each case, whether or not in compliance with the terms of the
        Indenture), in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which
        immediately after the consummation thereof Persons owning a majority of
        the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such consummation
        shall cease to own a majority of the Voting Stock of the Company or the
        surviving entity if other than the Company.

        "CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the sum of, without duplication, (i) the Consolidated Net Income of such Person
and its Subsidiaries for such period, plus (ii) the Fixed Charges for such
period, plus (iii) amortization of deferred financing charges for such period,
plus (iv) provision for taxes based on income or profits for such period (to the
extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income
for such period), plus (v) consolidated depreciation, amortization and other
noncash charges of such Person and its Subsidiaries required to be reflected as
expenses on the books and records of such Person, minus (vi) cash payments with
respect to any nonrecurring, noncash charges previously added back pursuant to
clause (v), and excluding (vii) the impact of foreign currency translations.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or
profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other noncash charges of,
a Subsidiary of a Person shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute
Consolidated EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the Net
Income of such Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net
Income of such Person and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at
the date of determination to be dividended to such Person by such Subsidiary
without prior approval (unless such approval has been obtained), pursuant to the
terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees,
orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that
Subsidiary or its stockholders.

        "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for
such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP;
PROVIDED that (i) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a
Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be
included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in
cash to the referent Person or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary thereof, (ii) the Net
Income of any Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or
payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that Net
Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior
governmental approval (unless such approval has been obtained) or, directly or
indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement,
instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation
applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders, (iii) the Net Income of any
Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to
the date of such acquisition shall be excluded, (iv) the cumulative effect of a
change in accounting principles shall be excluded, and (v) the Net Income of, or
any dividends or other distributions from, any Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the
extent otherwise included, shall be excluded, until distributed in cash to the
Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

        "CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH" means, with respect to any Person as of any
date, the sum of (i) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of such
Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date plus (ii) the
respective amounts reported on such Person's balance sheet as of such date with
respect to any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock) that by
its terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such dividends may
be declared and paid only out of net earnings in respect of the year of such
declaration and payment, but only to the extent of any cash received by such
Person upon issuance of such preferred stock, less (x) all write-ups subsequent
to the date of the Indenture in the book value of any asset owned by such Person
or a consolidated Subsidiary of such Person (other than purchase accounting
adjustments made, in connection with any acquisition of any entity that becomes

                                       61
<PAGE>
a consolidated Subsidiary of such Person after the date of the Indenture, to the
book value of the assets of such entity), (y) all investments as of such date in
unconsolidated Subsidiaries and in Persons that are not Subsidiaries (except, in
each case, Permitted Investments), and (z) all unamortized debt discount and
expense and unamortized deferred charges as of such date, all of the foregoing
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

        "CREDIT AGREEMENT" means that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement, dated as of the date of the Indenture, by and among the Company and
NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as agent, and the lenders parties thereto, including
any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements
executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified,
increased, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated or refinanced from time to
time.

        "DEFAULT" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the
giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.

        "DESIGNATED SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" means in respect of the Company, (i) so
long as the Senior Bank Debt is outstanding, the Senior Bank Debt and (ii) any
other Senior Indebtedness permitted under the Indenture the principal amount of
which is $15.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company as
"Designated Senior Indebtedness" and, in respect of any Guarantor, any guarantee
by such Guarantor of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company.

        "DISQUALIFIED STOCK" means (a) with respect to any Person, Capital Stock
of such Person that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it
is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any
event matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof,
in whole or in part, on or prior to the date which is one year after the date on
which the Notes mature and (b) with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person
(including with respect to any Subsidiary of the Company), any Capital Stock
other than any common stock with no preference, privileges, or redemption or
repayment provisions.

        "EQUITY INTERESTS" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or
other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock), whether outstanding prior
to, on or after the date of the Indenture.

        "EXEMPT AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS" means (a) transactions between or among
the Company and/or its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, (b) advances to officers of
the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business
to provide for the payment of reasonable expenses incurred by such persons in
the performance of their responsibilities to the Company or such Subsidiary or
in connection with any relocation, (c) fees and compensation paid to and
indemnity provided on behalf of directors, officers or employees of the Company
or any Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business, (d) any
employment agreement that is in effect on the date of the Indenture in the
ordinary course of business and any such agreement entered into by the Company
or a Subsidiary of the Company after the date of the Indenture in the ordinary
course of business of the Company or such Subsidiary and (e) any Restricted
Payment that is not prohibited by the covenant set forth under the caption
"Certain Covenants -- Restricted Payments" above.

        "EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS" means the Indebtedness of the Company and its
Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence
on the date of the Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

        "FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" means with respect to any Person for any
period, the ratio of the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person and its Subsidiaries
for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Subsidiaries for
such period. In the event that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries incurs,
assumes, guarantees or repays or redeems any Indebtedness (other than revolving
credit borrowings) or issues or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the
commencement of the four-quarter reference period for which the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio is being calculated but on or prior to the date on which the
event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the

                                       62
<PAGE>
"Calculation Date"), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated
giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment or
redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of preferred stock,
as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
reference period. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, (i)
acquisitions that have been made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
including through mergers or consolidations and including any related financing
transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such
reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be deemed to have
occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period, and (ii) the
Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in
accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the
Calculation Date, shall be excluded, and (iii) the Fixed Charges attributable to
discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations
or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but
only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will
not be obligations of the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries following
the Calculation Date.

        "FIXED CHARGES" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
sum, without duplication, of (i) the consolidated interest expense of such
Person and its Subsidiaries for such period (net of any interest income)
including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, noncash
interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations,
the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease
Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in
respect of letter of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments
(if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations, but excluding amortization of deferred
financing charges for such period and (ii) the consolidated interest expense of
such Person and its Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, and
(iii) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed
by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such
Person or one of its Subsidiaries (whether or not such guarantee or Lien is
called upon) and (iv) the product of (a) all cash dividend payments (and noncash
dividend payments in the case of a Person that is a Subsidiary) on any series of
preferred stock of such Person payable to a party other than the Company or a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is
one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal,
state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, on a
consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

        "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession of the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of
the date of determination; provided that, except as specifically provided in the
Indenture, all calculations made for purposes of determining compliance with the
covenants set forth in Article IV and Section 5.01 of the Indenture (which
include the covenants described above under "-- Certain Covenants") shall use
GAAP as in effect on the date of the Indenture for financial statements for
fiscal years ending on or after December 31, 1996.

        "GUARANTEE" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or
indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness.

        "GUARANTOR" means (i) Maxxim Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (ii)
Maxxim Acquisition Co., through the date of the Merger, (iii) each other
existing Subsidiary of the Company, (iv) each Subsidiary of the Company formed
or acquired (and each other Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Company)
after the date of the Indenture that guarantees the Company's obligations under
the Credit Agreement or any other Senior Indebtedness and (v) each other Wholly
Owned Subsidiary formed or acquired or that becomes such after the date of the
Indenture ; provided that (a) Sterile Concepts Holdings, Inc. and its
Subsidiaries did not become Guarantors until the consummation of the Merger; (b)
any Subsidiary of the Company acquired after the date of the Indenture which is
prohibited from entering into a Note Guarantee pursuant to restrictions
contained in any debt instrument in existence at the time such Subsidiary was so
acquired and not entered into in anticipation or contemplation of such
acquisition shall not be required to become a Guarantor so long as any such
restriction is in existence and to the extent of any such restriction and so
long as such Subsidiary does not guarantee any Senior Indebtedness; and (c) any
non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that

                                       63
<PAGE>
is released from its guarantee of the Company's obligations under the Credit
Agreement shall also be released from its Note Guarantee so long as such
Subsidiary does not guarantee any Senior Indebtedness.

        "HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations
of such Person entered into in the ordinary course of business under (i)
interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate
collar agreements and other similar financial agreements or arrangements
designed to protect such Person against, or manage the exposure of such Person
to, fluctuations in interest rates, and (ii) forward exchange agreements,
currency swap, currency option and other similar financial agreements or
arrangements designed to protect such Person against, or manage the exposure of
such Person to, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

        "INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of
such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or
evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of
credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or banker's acceptances
or representing Capital Lease Obligations, or the balance deferred and unpaid of
the purchase price of any property or representing any Hedging Obligations,
except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable
incurred in the ordinary course of business, if and to the extent any of the
foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations)
would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in
accordance with GAAP, as well as all indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on
any asset of such Person (whether or not such indebtedness is assumed by such
Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by such Person
of any indebtedness of any other Person.

        "INVESTMENTS" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of direct or indirect
loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations), advances or
capital contributions (excluding advances to officers of the type specified in
clause (b) of the definition of Exempt Affiliate Transactions), purchases or
other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other
securities and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on
a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; PROVIDED that an acquisition
of assets, Equity Interests or other securities by the Company for consideration
consisting of common equity securities of the Company shall not be deemed to be
an Investment.

        "LIEN" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset,
whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under
the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).

        "NET INCOME" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net
income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any
reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (i) any
gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain
(but not loss), realized in connection with (a) any Asset Sale (including,
without limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions) or
(b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries
or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its
Subsidiaries and (ii) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not loss),
together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary or
nonrecurring gain (but not loss).

        "NET PROCEEDS" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without
limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any noncash
consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to
such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment
banking fees, and sales commissions), taxes paid or payable as a result thereof,
and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or
assets established in accordance with GAAP.

        "NON-RECOURSE DEBT" means Indebtedness (i) as to which neither the
Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute
Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or
otherwise), or (c) constitutes the lender; and (ii) no

                                       64
<PAGE>
default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may
have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit
(upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to
its stated maturity.

        "OBLIGATIONS" means any principal, interest, penalties, premiums, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

        "PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" means (a) any Investments in the Company; (b)
any Investments in Cash Equivalents; (c) Investments made as a result of the
receipt of noncash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to
and in compliance with the covenant described above under the caption
"Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Asset Sales"; (d) Investments
outstanding as of the date of the Indenture; and (e) Investments in Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries of the Company and any entity that (i) is engaged in the same or a
similar line of business as the Company or any of its Subsidiaries was engaged
in on the date of the Indenture or any reasonable extensions or expansions
thereof and (ii) as a result of such Investment, becomes a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of the Company.

        "PERMITTED REFINANCING INDEBTEDNESS" means any Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds
of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other
Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that: (i) the
principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred in
connection therewith); (ii) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a
Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average
Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded; (iii) if the Indebtedness being extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final
maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in
right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of
Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being
extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and (iv) such
Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Subsidiary of the
Company that is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

        "PERSON" means any individual, corporation, limited or general
partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.

        "PURCHASE MONEY OBLIGATIONS" of any Person means any obligations of such
Person to any seller or any other Person incurred or assumed to finance the
construction and/or acquisition of real or personal property to be used in the
business of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in an amount that is not more
than 100% of the cost of such property, and incurred within 180 days after the
date of such construction or acquisition (excluding accounts payable to trade
creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business).

        "SENIOR BANK DEBT" means the Obligations outstanding under the Credit
Agreement.

        "SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to the Company, (i) the Senior
Bank Debt and (ii) any other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the
Company under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such
Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of
payment to any Indebtedness for money borrowed. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the foregoing, Senior Indebtedness will not include (w) any
liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company,
(x) any Indebtedness of the Company to any of its Subsidiaries, Unrestricted
Subsidiaries or other Affiliates, (y) any trade payables or (z) any Indebtedness
to the extent that is incurred in violation of the Indenture. "Senior
Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Guarantor, any guarantee by such
Guarantor of Senior Indebtedness of the Company.

        "SENIOR REVOLVING DEBT" means revolving credit borrowings and letters of
credit under the Credit Agreement and/or any successor facility or facilities.

                                       65
<PAGE>
        "SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation,
association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination
thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing
general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b)
the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). Notwithstanding the
foregoing, an Unrestricted Subsidiary and all of its Subsidiaries shall not be
Subsidiaries of the Company for any purposes of the Indenture.

        "UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means (i) any Person that (a) is acquired or
formed after the date of the Indenture and that is organized under the laws of a
jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any state thereof or the
District of Columbia, (b) at the time of acquisition or formation shall be
designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company
in the manner provided below and (c) would, but for such designation, be a
Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Board of Directors of the Company shall make any such designation if (i)
such Subsidiary does not, directly or indirectly, own any Capital Stock or
Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, the Company or any
other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be
so designated; (ii) the amount of the Investment by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary would be permitted under " --
Certain Covenants -- Restricted Payments" as a "Restricted Payment" after giving
effect to the designation; and (iii) all Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary is Non-Recourse Debt. The Board of Directors of the Company may
designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Subsidiary; provided, HOWEVER,
that immediately after giving pro forma effect to such designation (1) the
Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio test in " -- Certain Covenants --
Limitation on Indebtedness" and (2) no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing following such designation. Any such designation by
the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by
promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the board resolution giving effect to
such designation and an officers' certificate certifying that such designation
complies with the foregoing provisions.

        "U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS" means (i) securities that are (a) direct
obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which the full
faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (b) obligations
of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is
unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United
States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the
option of the issuer thereof; and (ii) depositary receipts issued by a bank (as
defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to
any U.S. Government Obligation which is specified in clause (i) above and held
by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with
respect to any specific payment of principal or interest on any U.S. Government
Obligation which is so specified and held, PROVIDED that (except as required by
law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount
payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the
custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment
of principal or interest of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such
depositary receipt.

        "VOTING STOCK" of a corporation means all classes of Capital Stock of
such corporation then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election
of directors.

        "WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE TO MATURITY" means, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payments at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.

        "WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY" of any Person means a Subsidiary of such
Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of
which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by
such

                                       66
<PAGE>
Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. Unrestricted
Subsidiaries shall not be included in the definition of Wholly Owned Subsidiary
for any purpose of the Indenture.

                       DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

CREDIT AGREEMENT

        Concurrently with the consummation of the Tender Offer and the issuance
of the Old Notes, the Company executed the Credit Agreement with Agent Bank with
respect to a $165 million credit facility consisting of a $75 million revolving
credit facility, which included a $15 million sublimit for the issuance of
standby and commercial letters of credit, and a $90 million term loan facility.
The proceeds of the Credit Agreement were used to finance a portion of the
Acquisition, and to refinance the credit facilities of Maxxim Delaware and
Sterile Concepts, and will be used for working capital, capital expenditures,
and other purposes. Portions of Agent Bank's rights and obligations under the
Credit Agreement and the documents, instruments and agreements executed in
connection therewith were subsequently assigned to and assumed by members of a
syndicate of lenders (the "Lenders") which includes Agent Bank.

        The principal portion of the revolving loan will mature and become due
and payable July 31, 2002. The principal of the term loan portion of the Credit
Agreement is to be repaid in quarterly installments aggregating annual amounts
during each year of the term loan of $6 million, $12 million, $15 million, $17.5
million, $17.5 million and $22 million, and will mature and become due and
payable July 31, 2002. The indebtedness evidenced by the Credit Agreement bears
interest at a rate equal to LIBOR or the Alternate Base Rate (defined as the
higher of (1) the Agent Bank's prime rate and (2) the Federal Funds rate plus
0.50%), plus a margin which depends on the ratio of total Funded Debt to EBITDA.
The Company is permitted to prepay the Indebtedness evidenced by the Credit
Agreement in whole or in part at any time without penalty or premium (subject to
reimbursement of Lenders' breakage and redeployment costs actually incurred in
the case of prepayment of LIBOR borrowings), and must prepay such Indebtedness
with the proceeds of certain asset sales, and permitted debt and equity
issuances.

        Repayment of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Credit Agreement is
secured by a first priority security interest in all of the capital stock of
Maxxim's domestic Subsidiaries (including Sterile Concepts and its Subsidiaries
since the date of the Merger), and sixty-five percent of the capital stock of
each of its foreign Subsidiaries, which capital stock shall not be subject to
any other lien or encumbrance. In addition, repayment is guaranteed by all
existing and newly created subsidiaries of the Company, including, since the
date of the Merger, Sterile Concepts and its Subsidiaries.

        The Credit Agreement contains representations and warranties, events of
default, financial and other covenants, cost and yield protections,
indemnification and other provisions which are usual and customary for
transactions of this type. In addition, the Agent Bank, which has been and will
be paid customary fees in connection with the establishment and administration
of the loans described in the Credit Agreement, is an affiliate of NCMI, one of
the Initial Purchasers of the Old Notes.

6 3/4% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

        The Company is also currently indebted in the aggregate principal amount
of approximately $28,750,000 under certain 6 3/4% Convertible Subordinated
Debentures (the "Debentures") issued under an Indenture (the "1993 Indenture")
dated as of March 18, 1993, between the Company, as Issuer, and Chemical Bank,
as Trustee (the "Debenture Trustee"). The Debentures represent unsecured general
obligations of the Company, subordinate in right of payment to the Notes and
certain other obligations of the Company, and are convertible into Common Stock
of the Company. Interest on the indebtedness evidenced by the Debentures is
payable at the annual rate of 6 3/4% semiannually on March 1 and September 1.
The Debentures were issued in fully registered form, and will mature on March 1,
2003. The 1993 Indenture does not contain any financial covenants, nor any
limitation on the Company's ability to incur Debenture Senior Indebtedness, as
hereinafter defined. The 1993 Indenture was filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement filed with the Commission in order to register the
Debentures, and is also available for inspection at the office of the Debenture
Trustee.
                                       67
<PAGE>
        SUBORDINATION OF DEBENTURES. The indebtedness evidenced by the
Debentures and the payment of principal and interest thereon, including any
redemption or repurchase price, are subordinate and subject in right of payment
to the prior payment in full of all Debenture Senior Indebtedness, including the
Notes. "Debenture Senior Indebtedness" means all indebtedness of the Company for
money borrowed, other than the Debentures, whether outstanding on the date of
the 1993 Indenture or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, except
indebtedness that by the terms of the instrument or instruments by which such
indebtedness was created, incurred or assumed expressly provides that it (i) is
junior in right of payment to the Debentures or (ii) ranks PARI PASSU with the
Debentures.

        CONVERSION OF DEBENTURES. The holders of Debentures are entitled at any
time prior to the close of business on March 1, 2003, subject to prior
redemption, to convert any Debentures or portions thereof into Common Stock of
the Company, at the conversion price of $18 per share, subject to adjustment on
certain standard terms and conditions.

        OPTIONAL REDEMPTION BY THE COMPANY. The Debentures are redeemable at the
option of the Company at any time, on at least 30 but not more than 60 days'
notice, at the option of the Company, as a whole or in part, at redemption
prices which are currently 105% of the principal amount, and decline to 100% of
the principal amount in 2002.

        REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDERS. If a Repurchase Event (as described
below) occurs, each holder of Debentures will have the right, at the holder's
option, to require the Company to redeem all or a portion of such holder's
Debentures on a date designated by the Company (the "Repurchase Date") that is
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days after the date of the Company's notice of
such Repurchase Event. The Company will redeem such Debentures at a price equal
to the principal amount of the Debentures, plus accrued interest to the
Repurchase Date. The term "Repurchase Event" includes (i) acquisitions of stock
by a person or group that results in such person or group having 50% of the
voting power allocable to the Company's voting capital stock, (ii) acquisition
by the Company in any twelve-month period of more than 30% of its capital stock,
(iii) certain changes in the composition of the Board of Directors, (iv) certain
consolidations or mergers, or the sale of more than two-thirds of the Company's
assets, or (v) certain distributions by the Company with respect to its capital
stock, resulting in the payment or distribution to holders of capital stock of
the Company of over 30% of the Company's assets in any twelve-month period.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant
to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. This Prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in
connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where
such Old Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. The Company has agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date
and ending on the close of business one year after the Expiration Date, it will
make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer
for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until ____________,
199__, all dealers effecting transactions in the New Notes may be required to
deliver a prospectus.

        The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sales of New Notes by
broker-dealers or others. New Notes received by broker-dealers for their own
account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or
more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions,
through the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination of such methods
of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related
to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be
made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive
compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Notes. Any broker-dealer
that resells New Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution
of such New Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act and any profit from any such resale of New Notes and any
commissions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting
compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by
acknowledging that it will deliver and

                                       68
<PAGE>
by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it
is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

        For a period of one year after the Expiration Date, the Company will
promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents
in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses
incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the
holders of the Notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or
dealers and will indemnify the holders of the Notes (including any
broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

        The legality of the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be passed upon
for the Company by Boyer, Ewing & Harris Incorporated, Houston, Texas.

                                     EXPERTS

        The financial statements of the Company as of October 29, 1995 and
October 30, 1994, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended
October 29, 1995 have been incorporated by reference herein and in the
registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
independent certified public accountants, incorporated by reference herein, and
upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The financial statements of Sterile Concepts as of September 30, 1995
and 1994, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30,
1995 have been incorporated by reference herein and in the registration
statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent
certified public accountants, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


                                       69
<PAGE>

                    ALL TENDERED OLD NOTES, EXECUTED LETTERS
                   OF TRANSMITTAL AND OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS
                    SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.
                   QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE AND
                     REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE
                    PROSPECTUS, THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND
                  OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS SHOULD BE ADDRESSED
                       TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AS FOLLOWS:

                      BY HAND, REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL
                              OR OVERNIGHT CARRIER:

                            FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK
                                OF NORTH CAROLINA
                         230 Tryon Street, Eighth Floor
                         Charlotte, North Carolina 28288
                          BY FACSIMILE: ______________

                        Confirm by telephone:____________

                    (ORIGINALS OF ALL DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED BY
                   FACSIMILE SHOULD BE SENT PROMPTLY BY HAND,
                 OVERNIGHT COURIER, OR REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED
                                     MAIL).
                                                              
        NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH
ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION
NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY
OR BY THE INITIAL PURCHASERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES
OFFERED HEREBY, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN
OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY TO ANY PERSON IN ANY
JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION TO
SUCH PERSON. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER
SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION
CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
 
            --------------------------------------------------------

  UNTIL ____________, 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS EXCHANGE OFFER), ALL
    DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN NEW NOTES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
        IN THIS EXCHANGE OFFER, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.

                        OFFER TO EXCHANGE ALL OUTSTANDING
                           10 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED
                                 NOTES DUE 2006
                         ($100,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT)
                                       FOR
                           10 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED
                                 NOTES DUE 2006

                                     [LOGO]
                           --------------------------
                              P R O S P E C T U S
                           --------------------------

                                _________, 1996

                                       70
<PAGE>

                                     PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20.  INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

          Under Article 1302-7.06 of the Texas Miscellaneous Corporation Laws
Act, the articles of incorporation of a Texas corporation may provide that a
director of that corporation shall not be liable, or shall be liable only to the
extent provided in the articles of incorporation, to the corporation or its
shareholders for monetary damages for acts or omissions in the director's
capacity as a director, except that the articles of incorporation cannot provide
for the elimination or limitation of liability of a director to the extent that
the director is found liable for (i) a breach of the director's duty of loyalty
to the corporation or its shareholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith
that constitute a breach of duty of the director to the corporation or an act or
omission that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law,
(iii) any transaction from which the director received an improper personal
benefit, or (iv) an act or omission for which the liability of a director is
expressly provided by an applicable statute. Article XI of the Company's
Restated Articles of Incorporation sets forth specific provisions for limitation
of director liability which are substantially identical to the provisions of
Article 1302-7.06 described above and further states that a director of the
Company will not be liable to the Company or its shareholders for monetary
damages to the fullest extent permitted by any provision of the statutes of
Texas that limits the liability of a director.

        In addition, Article 2.02-1 of the Texas Business Corporation Act
authorizes a Texas corporation to indemnify a person who was, is, or is
threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding, including
any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative, arbitrative, or investigative because the person is or
was a director. The indemnification is permitted only if it is determined that
the person (1) conducted himself in good faith; (2) reasonably believed (a) in
the case of conduct in his official capacity as a director of the corporation,
that his conduct was in the corporation's best interests; and (b) in all other
cases, that his conduct was at least not opposed to the corporation's best
interests; and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable
cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. A person may be indemnified under
Article 2.02-1 against judgments, penalties (including excise and similar
taxes), fines, settlements, and reasonable expenses actually incurred by the
person (including court costs and attorneys' fees), but if the person is found
liable to the corporation or is found liable on the basis that personal benefit
was improperly received by him, the indemnification is limited to reasonable
expenses actually incurred and may not be made in respect of any proceeding in
which the person has been found liable for willful or intentional misconduct in
the performance of his duty to the corporation. A corporation is obligated under
Article 2.02-1 to indemnify a director or officer against reasonable expenses
incurred by him in connection with a proceeding in which he is named a defendant
or respondent because he is or was a director or officer if he has been wholly
successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of the proceeding. Under
Article 2.02-1 a corporation may (i) indemnify and advance expenses to an
officer, employee, agent or other person who are or were serving at the request
of the corporation as a director, officer, partner venturer, proprietor,
trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another entity to the same
extent that it may indemnify and advance expenses to directors, (ii) indemnify
and advance expenses to directors and such other persons to such further extent,
consistent with law, as may be provided in the corporation's articles of
incorporation, bylaws, action of its board of directors, or contract or as
permitted by common law and (iii) purchase and maintain insurance or another
arrangement on behalf of directors and such other persons against any liability
asserted against him and incurred by him in such a capacity or arising out of
his status as such a person. The Bylaws of the Company set forth specific
provisions for indemnification of directors, officers, agents and other persons
which are substantially identical to the provisions of Article 2.02-1 described
above. The Company maintains directors and officers insurance in the amount of
$2,000,000, with a $50,000 deductible, that will be effective through November
1, 1996.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

ITEM 21.  EXHIBITS

Exhibit                                                                     Page
NUMBER    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION                                                NO.

  1.1     Purchase Agreement dated July 18, 1996 between Maxxim and Initial
          Purchasers relating to the Old Notes (Filed as Exhibit No. 3 to the
          Form 8-K of Maxxim, filed with the Commission on August 14, 1996 and
          incorporated herein by reference).

  2.1     Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 10, 1996, by and among
          Maxxim-Delaware, Maxxim Acquisition and Sterile Concepts (Filed as
          Exhibit (d) to the Schedule 14D-1 of Maxxim, Maxxim-Delaware, and
          Purchaser, with the Commission on June 14, 1996 and incorporated
          herein by reference).

  4.1     Indenture dated July 30, 1996, by and among Maxxim, as Issuer,
          Maxxim-Delaware, Purchaser, Fabritek La Romana, Inc., Maxxim Medical
          Canada Limited, Medica B.V. and Medica Inc., Maxxim Medical Canada
          Limited, Medica B.V. and Medica Hospital Supplies, N.V., as Guarantors
          and First Union National Bank of North Carolina, as Trustee (Filed as
          Exhibit No. 4 to the Form 8-K of Maxxim, filed with the Commission on
          August 14, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference).

**4.2     Supplemental Indenture No. 1, by and among Maxxim, as Issuer,
          Maxxim-Delaware, Purchaser, Fabritek La Romana, Inc., Maxxim Medical
          Canada Limited, Medica B.V. and Medica Inc., Maxxim Medical Canada
          Limited, Medica B.V., Medica Hospital Supplies, N.V., Sterile Concepts
          Holdings, Inc., Sterile Concepts, Inc., Associated Medical Products
          Company, and Sterile Concepts Limited, as Guarantors and First Union
          National Bank of North Carolina, as Trustee.

4.4       Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 18, 1996, executed by
          Maxxim and Initial Purchasers.

**5.1     Opinion of Boyer, Ewing & Harris Incorporated, counsel to the Company,
          as to the validity of the New Note.

10.1      Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated July 30, 1996, by
          and among Maxxim, NationsBank of Texas, N.A. and the banks named
          therein (Filed as Exhibit No. 2 to the 8-K of Maxxim, filed with the
          Commission on August 14, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference).

12.1      Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

24.1      Consents of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

**24.2    Consent of Boyer, Ewing & Harris Incorporated is contained in Exhibit
          5.1 to the Registration Statement.

25.1      Powers of Attorney. A power of attorney, pursuant to which amendments
          to this Registration Statement may be filed, is included in the
          signature pages contained in Part II.

99.1      Form of Letter of Transmittal

99.2      Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
**To Be Filed By Amendment

ITEM 22.  UNDERTAKINGS

          (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the
Registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit
plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

          (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          (c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to
requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the Prospectus
pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of
receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class
mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in
documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the Registration Statement
through the date of responding to the request.

          (d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of
a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the Registration Statement when it becomes effective.

          (e)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

               (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
          Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of
          prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance
          upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the
          registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the
          Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration
          statement as of the time it was declared effective.

               (2) For purposes of determining any liability under the
          Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a
          form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
          relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
          securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide
          offering thereof.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

          PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4
TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THERETO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE
CITY OF HOUSTON, STATE OF TEXAS, ON OCTOBER 1, 1996.

                                MAXXIM MEDICAL, INC.

                                By:  /s/ KENNETH W. DAVIDSON
                                     Kenneth W. Davidson, Chairman of the Board,
                                     President and Chief Executive Officer

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

       KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints Kenneth W. Davidson and Peter M. Graham, or
either of them, each with power to act without the other, his true and lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution,
for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any
or all subsequent pre- and post-effective amendments and supplements to this
Registration Statement, and to file the same, or cause to be filed the same,
with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and
purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all
that any said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

                                   SIGNATURES

       PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED, THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN
THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURES                        TITLES                                DATE
<S>                              <C>                                        <C> 
/s/ KENNETH W. DAVIDSON          Chairman of the Board of Directors,        October 1, 1996
     (KENNETH W. DAVIDSON)       President and Chief Executive Officer
                                 (principal executive officer)

/s/ PETER M. GRAHAM              Executive Vice President, Treasurer        October 1, 1996
       (PETER M. GRAHAM)         and Chief Operating Officer (principal
                                 financial officer)

/s/ ALAN S. BLAZEI               Vice President - Controller                October 1, 1996
       (ALAN S. BLAZEI)          (principal accounting officer)


/s/ DONALD R. DEPRIEST           Director                                   October 1, 1996
     (DONALD R. DEPRIEST)

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

__________________________       Director                                   October __, 1996
     (PETER G. DORFLINGER)


/s/ MARTIN GRABOIS, M.D.         Director                                   October 1, 1996
    (MARTIN GRABOIS, M.D.)


/s/ ERNEST J. HENLEY, PH.D.      Director                                   October 1, 1996
   (ERNEST J. HENLEY, PH.D.)


__________________________       Director                                   October __, 1996
  (RICHARD O. MARTIN, PH.D.)


__________________________       Director                                   October __, 1996
      (HENK R. WAFELMAN)
</TABLE>

                                      II-5
<PAGE>



                              MAXXIM MEDICAL, INC.

                                  $100,000,000

                   10 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2006

                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


                                                              NEW YORK, NEW YORK

                                                                   JULY 30, 1996
NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
C/O NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
NATIONSBANK CORPORATE CENTER
100 NORTH TRYON STREET, NC1-007-07-01
CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA  28255-0001

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

                      MAXXIM MEDICAL, INC., A TEXAS CORPORATION (THE "COMPANY"),
PROPOSES TO ISSUE AND SELL (THE "INITIAL PLACEMENT") TO NATIONSBANC CAPITAL
MARKETS, INC. AND BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. (THE "INITIAL PURCHASERS"), UPON THE
TERMS SET FORTH IN A PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED JULY 18, 1996 (THE "PURCHASE
AGREEMENT"), $100,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 10 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED
NOTES DUE 2006 (THE "NOTES"). THE NOTES ARE TO BE UNCONDITIONALLY GUARANTEED,
JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY, ON A SENIOR SUBORDINATED AND UNSECURED BASIS (THE "NOTE
GUARANTEES") BY EACH EXISTING AND FUTURE DIRECT AND INDIRECT SUBSIDIARY OF THE
COMPANY (EACH SUCH EXISTING GUARANTOR, A "GUARANTOR" AND COLLECTIVELY, THE
"GUARANTORS"), SUBJECT TO CERTAIN EXCEPTIONS. THE NOTES ARE TO BE ISSUED UNDER
AN INDENTURE (THE "INDENTURE") TO BE DATED AS OF THE CLOSING DATE (AS DEFINED
BELOW) AMONG THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF NORTH
CAROLINA, AS TRUSTEE. THE INITIAL PLACEMENT IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS
DESCRIBED IN THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT. AS AN INDUCEMENT TO THE INITIAL PURCHASERS
TO ENTER INTO THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND PURCHASE THE NOTES AND IN SATISFACTION
OF A CONDITION TO YOUR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, THE COMPANY
AGREES WITH YOU FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE HOLDERS FROM TIME TO TIME OF

<PAGE>
THE NOTES (INCLUDING THE INITIAL PURCHASERS) (EACH OF THE FOREGOING A "HOLDER"
AND TOGETHER THE "HOLDERS"), AS FOLLOWS:

               1. DEFINITIONS. CAPITALIZED TERMS USED HEREIN WITHOUT DEFINITION
SHALL HAVE THEIR RESPECTIVE MEANINGS SET FORTH IN THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT. AS
USED IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE FOLLOWING CAPITALIZED DEFINED TERMS SHALL HAVE THE
FOLLOWING MEANINGS:

               "AFFILIATE" OF ANY SPECIFIED PERSON MEANS (I) ANY OTHER PERSON
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY CONTROLLING OR CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH
SUCH SPECIFIED PERSON OR (II) ANY OTHER PERSON WHO IS A DIRECTOR OR EXECUTIVE
OFFICER OF (A) SUCH SPECIFIED PERSON OR (B) ANY PERSON DESCRIBED IN THE
PRECEDING CLAUSE (I). FOR PURPOSES OF THIS DEFINITION, "CONTROL" (INCLUDING,
WITH CORRELATIVE MEANINGS, THE TERMS "CONTROLLING," "CONTROLLED BY" AND "UNDER
COMMON CONTROL WITH"), AS USED WITH RESPECT TO ANY PERSON, SHALL MEAN THE
POSSESSION, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, OF THE POWER TO DIRECT OR CAUSE THE
DIRECTION OF THE MANAGEMENT OR POLICIES OF SUCH PERSON, WHETHER THROUGH THE
OWNERSHIP OF VOTING SECURITIES, BY AGREEMENT OR OTHERWISE; PROVIDED THAT
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF 10% OR MORE OF ANY CLASS, OR ANY SERIES OF ANY CLASS, OF
EQUITY SECURITIES OF A PERSON, WHETHER OR NOT VOTING, SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE
CONTROL.

               "CLOSING DATE" HAS THE MEANING SET FORTH IN THE PURCHASE
AGREEMENT.

               "COMMISSION" MEANS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

               "COMPANY" HAS THE MEANING SET FORTH IN THE PREAMBLE HERETO.

               "EXCHANGE ACT" MEANS THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS
AMENDED, AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE COMMISSION PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.

               "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION PERIOD" MEANS THE 1 YEAR PERIOD
FOLLOWING THE CONSUMMATION OF THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCLUSIVE OF ANY
PERIOD DURING WHICH ANY STOP ORDER SHALL BE IN EFFECT SUSPENDING THE
EFFECTIVENESS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION
STATEMENT.

               "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT" MEANS A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT OF THE COMPANY ON AN APPROPRIATE FORM UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT WITH
RESPECT TO THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER, ALL AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTS TO SUCH
REGISTRATION STATEMENT, INCLUDING POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENTS, IN EACH CASE
INCLUDING THE PROSPECTUS CONTAINED THEREIN, ALL EXHIBITS THERETO AND ALL
MATERIAL INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE THEREIN.

               "EXCHANGING DEALER" MEANS ANY HOLDER (WHICH MAY INCLUDE ANY
INITIAL PURCHASER) THAT IS A BROKER-DEALER, ELECTING TO EXCHANGE NOTES ACQUIRED
FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES OR OTHER TRADING
ACTIVITIES FOR NEW NOTES.

<PAGE>
               "FINAL MEMORANDUM" HAS THE MEANING SET FORTH IN THE PURCHASE
AGREEMENT.

               "GUARANTORS" HAS THE MEANING SET FORTH IN THE PREAMBLE HERETO.

               "HOLDER" HAS THE MEANING SET FORTH IN THE PREAMBLE HERETO.

               "INDENTURE" MEANS THE INDENTURE RELATING TO THE NOTES, DATED AS
OF THE CLOSING DATE, AMONG THE COMPANY, MAXXIM DELAWARE, AS A GUARANTOR, EACH
OTHER THEN-EXISTING SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY (OTHER THAN STERILE CONCEPTS AND
ITS SUBSIDIARIES), AS GUARANTORS, AND FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF NORTH
CAROLINA, AS TRUSTEE, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED, WAIVED OR
OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS THEREOF.

               "INITIAL PLACEMENT" HAS THE MEANING SET FORTH IN THE PREAMBLE
HERETO.

               "INITIAL PURCHASERS" MEANS NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC. AND
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.

               "LIQUIDATED DAMAGES" HAS THE MEANING SET FORTH IN SECTION 4
HEREOF.

               "LOSSES" HAS THE MEANING SET FORTH IN SECTION 7(D) HERETO.

               "MAJORITY HOLDERS" MEANS THE HOLDERS OF A MAJORITY OF THE
AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES REGISTERED UNDER A REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

               "MANAGING UNDERWRITERS" MEANS THE INVESTMENT BANKER OR INVESTMENT
BANKERS AND MANAGER OR MANAGERS THAT SHALL ADMINISTER AN UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING
UNDER A SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

               "NEW NOTES" MEANS DEBT SECURITIES OF THE COMPANY IDENTICAL IN ALL
MATERIAL RESPECTS TO THE NOTES, INCLUDING THE NOTE GUARANTEES THEREOF (EXCEPT
THAT THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PROVISIONS AND THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS PERTAINING
TO THE NOTES WILL BE MODIFIED OR ELIMINATED, AS APPROPRIATE), TO BE ISSUED UNDER
THE INDENTURE OR THE NEW NOTES INDENTURE.

               "NEW NOTES INDENTURE" MEANS AN INDENTURE BETWEEN THE COMPANY, THE
GUARANTORS AND THE NEW NOTES TRUSTEE, IDENTICAL IN ALL MATERIAL RESPECTS WITH
THE INDENTURE (EXCEPT THAT THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PROVISIONS AND THE TRANSFER
RESTRICTIONS PERTAINING TO THE NOTES WILL BE MODIFIED OR ELIMINATED, AS
APPROPRIATE).

<PAGE>
               "NEW NOTES TRUSTEE" MEANS A BANK OR TRUST COMPANY REASONABLY
SATISFACTORY TO THE INITIAL PURCHASERS, AS TRUSTEE WITH RESPECT TO THE NEW NOTES
UNDER THE NEW NOTES INDENTURE."

               "NOTE GUARANTEES" HAS THE MEANING SET FORTH IN THE PREAMBLE
HERETO AND SHALL, AS APPLIED TO THE NEW NOTES, MEAN IDENTICAL GUARANTEES OF THE
NEW NOTES BY THE GUARANTORS.

               "NOTES" HAS THE MEANING SET FORTH IN THE PREAMBLE HERETO.

               "PROSPECTUS" MEANS THE PROSPECTUS INCLUDED IN ANY REGISTRATION
STATEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, A PROSPECTUS THAT DISCLOSES
INFORMATION PREVIOUSLY OMITTED FROM A PROSPECTUS FILED AS PART OF AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT IN RELIANCE UPON RULE 430A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), AS
AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED BY ANY PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, WITH RESPECT TO THE TERMS
OF THE OFFERING OF ANY PORTION OF THE NOTES OR THE NEW NOTES COVERED BY SUCH
REGISTRATION STATEMENT, AND ALL AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTS TO THE PROSPECTUS,
INCLUDING POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENTS.

               "PURCHASE AGREEMENT" HAS THE MEANING SET FORTH IN THE PREAMBLE
HERETO.

               "REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER" MEANS THE PROPOSED OFFER TO THE
HOLDERS TO ISSUE AND DELIVER TO SUCH HOLDERS, IN EXCHANGE FOR THE NOTES, A LIKE
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NEW NOTES.

               "REGISTRATION STATEMENT" MEANS ANY EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION
STATEMENT OR SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT COVERS ANY OF THE NOTES OR THE
NEW NOTES (INCLUDING THE NOTE GUARANTEES OF EACH THEROF) PURSUANT TO THE
PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTS TO SUCH REGISTRATION
STATEMENT, INCLUDING POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENTS, IN EACH CASE INCLUDING THE
PROSPECTUS CONTAINED THEREIN, ALL EXHIBITS THERETO AND ALL MATERIAL INCORPORATED
BY REFERENCE THEREIN.

               "SECURITIES ACT" MEANS THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE COMMISSION PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.

               "SHELF REGISTRATION" MEANS A REGISTRATION EFFECTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 3 HEREOF.

               "SHELF REGISTRATION PERIOD" HAS THE MEANING SET FORTH IN SECTION
3(B) HEREOF.

               "SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" MEANS A "SHELF" REGISTRATION
STATEMENT OF THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 3 HEREOF, WHICH
COVERS SOME OR ALL OF THE NOTES OR NEW NOTES, AS APPLICABLE, ON AN APPROPRIATE
FORM UNDER RULE 415 UNDER THE

<PAGE>
SECURITIES ACT, OR ANY SIMILAR RULE THAT MAY BE ADOPTED BY THE COMMISSION,
AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTS TO SUCH REGISTRATION STATEMENT, INCLUDING
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENTS, IN EACH CASE INCLUDING THE PROSPECTUS CONTAINED
THEREIN, ALL EXHIBITS THERETO AND ALL MATERIAL INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
THEREIN.

               "TRUSTEE" MEANS THE TRUSTEE WITH RESPECT TO THE NOTES UNDER THE
INDENTURE.

               "UNDERWRITER" MEANS ANY UNDERWRITER OF NOTES IN CONNECTION WITH
AN OFFERING THEREOF UNDER A SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

               2. REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER; RESALES OF NEW NOTES BY EXCHANGING
DEALERS; PRIVATE EXCHANGE. (A) THE COMPANY SHALL PREPARE AND, ON OR PRIOR TO
OCTOBER 1, 1996, SHALL FILE WITH THE COMMISSION THE EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION
STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER. THE COMPANY SHALL USE
ITS BEST EFFORTS (I) TO CAUSE THE COMMISSION TO DECLARE THE EXCHANGE OFFER
REGISTRATION STATEMENT EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ON OR PRIOR TO
NOVEMBER 15, 1996 AND (II) TO CONSUMMATE THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER ON OR
PRIOR TO DECEMBER 15, 1996.

               (B) UPON THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION
STATEMENT, THE COMPANY SHALL PROMPTLY COMMENCE THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER AND
USE ITS BEST EFFORTS TO ISSUE ON OR PRIOR TO 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE
EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS DECLARED EFFECTIVE BY THE COMMISSION
NEW NOTES IN EXCHANGE FOR ALL NOTES TENDERED PRIOR THERETO IN THE REGISTERED
EXCHANGE OFFER. THE OBJECTIVE OF SUCH REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER IS TO ENABLE
EACH HOLDER ELECTING TO EXCHANGE NOTES FOR NEW NOTES (ASSUMING THAT SUCH HOLDER
(X) IS NOT AN "AFFILIATE" OF THE COMPANY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE SECURITIES
ACT, (Y) IS NOT A BROKER-DEALER THAT ACQUIRED THE NOTES IN A TRANSACTION OTHER
THAN AS A PART OF ITS MARKET-MAKING OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES AND (Z) IF SUCH
HOLDER IS NOT A BROKER-DEALER, ACQUIRES THE NEW NOTES IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF
SUCH HOLDER'S BUSINESS, IS NOT PARTICIPATING IN THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE NEW
NOTES AND HAS NO ARRANGEMENTS OR UNDERSTANDINGS WITH ANY PERSON TO PARTICIPATE
IN THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE NEW NOTES) TO RESELL SUCH NEW NOTES FROM AND AFTER
THEIR RECEIPT WITHOUT ANY LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
AND WITHOUT MATERIAL RESTRICTIONS UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF A SUBSTANTIAL
PROPORTION OF THE SEVERAL STATES OF THE UNITED STATES.

               (C) IN CONNECTION WITH THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER, THE COMPANY
SHALL:

               i) MAIL TO EACH HOLDER A COPY OF THE PROSPECTUS FORMING PART OF
        THE EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT, TOGETHER WITH AN APPROPRIATE
        LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND RELATED DOCUMENTS;

               ii) KEEP THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER OPEN FOR ACCEPTANCE FOR
        NOT LESS THAN 30 DAYS AND NOT MORE THAN 45 DAYS (OR LONGER IF REQUIRED
        BY APPLICABLE LAW) AFTER THE DATE NOTICE THEREOF IS MAILED TO THE
        HOLDERS;

               iii) USE THE SERVICES OF A DEPOSITARY FOR THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE
        OFFER WITH AN ADDRESS IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, THE CITY OF NEW YORK;
        AND

<PAGE>
               iv) COMPLY IN ALL RESPECTS WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS RELATING TO
        THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER.

               (D) AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE CLOSE OF THE REGISTERED
EXCHANGE OFFER, THE COMPANY SHALL:

               i) ACCEPT FOR EXCHANGE ALL NOTES DULY TENDERED PURSUANT TO THE
         REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER AND NOT VALIDLY WITHDRAWN BY THE HOLDER
         THEREOF;

               ii) DELIVER TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION ALL NOTES SO ACCEPTED
         FOR EXCHANGE; AND

               iii) CAUSE THE TRUSTEE OR THE NEW NOTES TRUSTEE, AS THE CASE MAY
         BE, PROMPTLY TO AUTHENTICATE AND DELIVER TO EACH HOLDER OF NOTES NEW
         NOTES HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE
         NOTES OF SUCH HOLDER SO ACCEPTED FOR EXCHANGE.

               (E) THE INITIAL PURCHASERS AND THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT,
PURSUANT TO INTERPRETATIONS BY THE STAFF OF THE COMMISSION OF SECTION 5 OF THE
SECURITIES ACT, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM, EACH
EXCHANGING DEALER IS REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH A SALE
OF ANY NEW NOTES RECEIVED BY SUCH EXCHANGING DEALER PURSUANT TO THE REGISTERED
EXCHANGE OFFER IN EXCHANGE FOR NOTES ACQUIRED FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF
MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES. ACCORDINGLY, THE COMPANY
SHALL:

                i) INCLUDE THE INFORMATION SET FORTH IN ANNEX A HERETO ON THE
        COVER OF THE PROSPECTUS FORMING A PART OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
        REGISTRATION STATEMENT, IN ANNEX B HERETO IN THE FOREPART OF THE
        EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT IN A SECTION SETTING FORTH DETAILS
        OF THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER, IN ANNEX C HERETO IN THE UNDERWRITING
        OR PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS FORMING A PART OF THE
        EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT, AND IN ANNEX D HERETO IN THE
        LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL DELIVERED PURSUANT TO THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE
        OFFER; AND

                ii) USE ITS BEST EFFORTS TO KEEP THE EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION
        STATEMENT CONTINUOUSLY EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT DURING THE
        EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION PERIOD FOR DELIVERY OF THE PROSPECTUS
        INCLUDED THEREIN BY EXCHANGING DEALERS IN CONNECTION WITH SALES OF NEW
        NOTES RECEIVED PURSUANT TO THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER, AS
        CONTEMPLATED BY SECTION 5(H) BELOW.

               (F) IF ANY INITIAL PURCHASER DETERMINES THAT IT IS NOT ELIGIBLE
TO PARTICIPATE IN THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OF
NOTES CONSTITUTING ANY PORTION OF AN UNSOLD ALLOTMENT, UPON THE EFFECTIVENESS OF
THE SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS CONTEMPLATED BY SECTION 3 HEREOF AND AT THE
REQUEST OF SUCH INITIAL PURCHASER, THE COMPANY SHALL ISSUE AND DELIVER TO SUCH
INITIAL PURCHASER, OR TO THE PARTY PURCHASING NEW NOTES

<PAGE>
REGISTERED UNDER THE SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT FROM SUCH INITIAL PURCHASER,
IN EXCHANGE FOR SUCH NOTES, A LIKE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NEW NOTES. THE COMPANY
SHALL USE ITS BEST EFFORTS TO CAUSE THE CUSIP SERVICE BUREAU TO ISSUE THE SAME
CUSIP NUMBER FOR SUCH NEW NOTES AS FOR NEW NOTES ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE
REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER.

               3. SHELF REGISTRATION. IF, (I) BECAUSE OF ANY CHANGE IN LAW OR
APPLICABLE INTERPRETATIONS THEREOF BY THE COMMISSION'S STAFF, THE COMPANY
DETERMINES UPON ADVICE OF ITS OUTSIDE COUNSEL THAT IT IS NOT PERMITTED TO EFFECT
THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER AS CONTEMPLATED BY SECTION 2 HEREOF, OR (II) THE
REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER IS NOT CONSUMMATED ON OR PRIOR TO DECEMBER 15, 1996,
OR (III) ANY INITIAL PURCHASER SO REQUESTS WITH RESPECT TO NOTES HELD BY IT
FOLLOWING CONSUMMATION OF THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER, OR (IV) ANY HOLDER
(OTHER THAN THE INITIAL PURCHASERS) IS NOT ELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE IN THE
REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER OR THE NEW NOTES SUCH HOLDER WOULD RECEIVE IN THE
REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER COULD ONLY BE REOFFERED AND RESOLD BY SUCH HOLDER UPON
COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT, OR (V) IN THE CASE WHERE ANY INITIAL PURCHASER PARTICIPATES IN
THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER OR ACQUIRES NEW NOTES PURSUANT TO SECTION 2(F)
HEREOF, SUCH INITIAL PURCHASER DOES NOT RECEIVE FREELY TRADEABLE NEW NOTES IN
EXCHANGE FOR NOTES CONSTITUTING ANY PORTION OF AN UNSOLD ALLOTMENT (IT BEING
UNDERSTOOD THAT, FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION 3, (X) THE REQUIREMENT THAT AN
INITIAL PURCHASER DELIVER A PROSPECTUS CONTAINING THE INFORMATION REQUIRED BY
ITEMS 507 AND/OR 508 OF REGULATION S-K UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN CONNECTION
WITH SALES OF NEW NOTES ACQUIRED IN EXCHANGE FOR SUCH NOTES SHALL RESULT IN SUCH
NEW NOTES BEING NOT "FREELY TRADEABLE" AND (Y) THE REQUIREMENT THAT AN
EXCHANGING DEALER DELIVER A PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH SALES OF NEW NOTES
ACQUIRED IN THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER IN EXCHANGE FOR NOTES ACQUIRED AS A
RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES SHALL NOT RESULT
IN SUCH NEW NOTES BEING NOT "FREELY TRADEABLE"), THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS SHALL
APPLY:

               (A) THE COMPANY SHALL, AT ITS EXPENSE, AS PROMPTLY AS PRACTICABLE
(BUT IN NO EVENT MORE THAN 60 DAYS AFTER SO REQUIRED OR REQUESTED PURSUANT TO
THIS SECTION 3), FILE WITH THE COMMISSION A SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT
RELATING TO THE OFFER AND SALE OF THE NOTES OR THE NEW NOTES, AS APPLICABLE, BY
THE HOLDERS FROM TIME TO TIME IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE METHODS OF DISTRIBUTION
ELECTED BY SUCH HOLDERS AND SET FORTH IN SUCH SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND
RULE 415 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PROVIDED, THAT WITH RESPECT TO NEW NOTES
RECEIVED BY ANY INITIAL PURCHASER IN EXCHANGE FOR NOTES CONSTITUTING ANY PORTION
OF AN UNSOLD ALLOTMENT, THE COMPANY MAY, IF PERMITTED BY CURRENT INTERPRETATIONS
BY THE COMMISSION'S STAFF, FILE A POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER
REGISTRATION STATEMENT CONTAINING THE INFORMATION REQUIRED BY REGULATION S-K
ITEMS 507 AND/OR 508, AS APPLICABLE, IN SATISFACTION OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER
THIS PARAGRAPH (A) WITH RESPECT THERETO, AND ANY SUCH EXCHANGE OFFER
REGISTRATION STATEMENT, AS SO AMENDED, SHALL BE REFERRED TO HEREIN AS, AND
GOVERNED BY THE PROVISIONS HEREIN APPLICABLE TO, A SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

<PAGE>
               (B) THE COMPANY SHALL USE ITS BEST EFFORTS TO CAUSE THE SHELF
REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ON OR
PRIOR TO 45 DAYS AFTER FILING SUCH SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO THIS
SECTION 3 AND TO KEEP SUCH SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT CONTINUOUSLY EFFECTIVE
IN ORDER TO PERMIT THE PROSPECTUS CONTAINED THEREIN TO BE USABLE BY HOLDERS FOR
A PERIOD OF THREE YEARS FROM THE DATE THE SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS
DECLARED EFFECTIVE BY THE COMMISSION OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD THAT WILL TERMINATE
WHEN ALL THE NOTES OR NEW NOTES, AS APPLICABLE, COVERED BY THE SHELF
REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAVE BEEN SOLD PURSUANT TO THE SHELF REGISTRATION
STATEMENT (IN ANY SUCH CASE, SUCH PERIOD BEING CALLED THE "SHELF REGISTRATION
PERIOD"). THE COMPANY SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO HAVE USED ITS BEST EFFORTS TO KEEP
THE SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT EFFECTIVE DURING THE REQUISITE PERIOD IF IT
VOLUNTARILY TAKES ANY ACTION THAT WOULD RESULT IN HOLDERS OF NOTES COVERED
THEREBY NOT BEING ABLE TO OFFER AND SELL SUCH NOTES DURING THAT PERIOD, UNLESS
(I) SUCH ACTION IS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR (II) SUCH ACTION IS TAKEN BY
THE COMPANY IN GOOD FAITH AND FOR VALID BUSINESS REASONS (NOT INCLUDING
AVOIDANCE OF THE COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER), INCLUDING THE ACQUISITION OR
DIVESTITURE OF ASSETS, SO LONG AS THE COMPANY PROMPTLY THEREAFTER COMPLIES WITH
THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 5(K) HEREOF, IF APPLICABLE.

               4. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. IF (I) EITHER THE EXCHANGE OFFER
REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR THE SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS NOT FILED WITH THE
COMMISSION ON OR PRIOR TO THE DATE SPECIFIED FOR SUCH FILING IN THIS AGREEMENT,
(II) EITHER THE EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR THE SHELF REGISTRATION
STATEMENT HAS NOT BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE BY THE COMMISSION ON OR PRIOR TO THE
TARGET DATE SPECIFIED FOR SUCH EFFECTIVENESS IN THIS AGREEMENT (THE
"EFFECTIVENESS TARGET DATE"), (III) THE EXCHANGE OFFER HAS NOT BEEN CONSUMMATED
WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVENESS TARGET DATE WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE
OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR (IV) EITHER THE EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION
STATEMENT OR THE SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS FILED AND DECLARED EFFECTIVE
BUT THEREAFTER CEASES TO BE EFFECTIVE DURING THE APPLICABLE EXCHANGE OFFER
REGISTRATION PERIOD OR SHELF REGISTRATION PERIOD, AS THE CASE MAY BE (EACH SUCH
EVENT REFERRED TO IN CLAUSES (I) THROUGH (IV), A "REGISTRATION DEFAULT"), THE
COMPANY HEREBY AGREES TO PAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ("LIQUIDATED DAMAGES") TO EACH
HOLDER OF NOTES WITH RESPECT TO THE FIRST 90-DAY PERIOD IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING
THE OCCURRENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION DEFAULT IN AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO $.05 PER WEEK
PER $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES HELD BY SUCH HOLDER FOR EACH WEEK OR
PORTION THEREOF DURING WHICH SUCH REGISTRATION DEFAULT CONTINUES. THE AMOUNT OF
THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PAYABLE TO EACH HOLDER FOR SUCH REGISTRATION DEFAULT WILL
INCREASE BY AN ADDITIONAL $.05 PER WEEK PER $1,000 IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES
HELD BY SUCH HOLDER WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUBSEQUENT 90-DAY PERIOD UNTIL SUCH
REGISTRATION DEFAULT HAS BEEN CURED, UP TO AN AGGREGATE MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES OF $.30 PER WEEK PER $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES FOR ALL
REGISTRATION DEFAULTS. ALL ACCRUED LIQUIDATED DAMAGES WILL BE PAID BY THE
COMPANY ON EACH INTEREST PAYMENT DATE (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE)
TO THE HOLDERS OF RECORD WITH RESPECT TO SUCH INTEREST PAYMENT DATE BY WIRE
TRANSFER OF IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS OR BY FEDERAL FUNDS CHECK. LIQUIDATED
DAMAGES PAYABLE (A) WITH RESPECT TO THE REGISTRATION DEFAULT SPECIFIED IN CLAUSE
(I) ABOVE, SHALL CEASE TO ACCRUE UPON FILING OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION
STATEMENT (AND, IF APPLICABLE, THE SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT), (B) WITH
RESPECT TO THE REGISTRATION DEFAULT SPECIFIED IN CLAUSE (II) ABOVE, SHALL CEASE
TO ACCRUE UPON THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT
(AND, IF APPLICABLE, THE SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT), (C) WITH

<PAGE>
RESPECT TO THE REGISTRATION DEFAULT SPECIFIED IN CLAUSE (III) ABOVE, SHALL CEASE
TO ACCRUE UPON CONSUMMATION OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER, AND (D) WITH RESPECT TO THE
REGISTRATION DEFAULT SPECIFIED IN CLAUSE (IV) ABOVE, SHALL CEASE TO ACCRUE UPON
THE FILING OF A POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT
CAUSES THE EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT (AND, IF APPLICABLE, THE SHELF
REGISTRATION STATEMENT) AGAIN TO BE DECLARED EFFECTIVE, AS THE CASE MAY BE.
FOLLOWING THE CURE OF ALL REGISTRATION DEFAULTS, THE ACCRUAL OF LIQUIDATED
DAMAGES WILL CEASE, AND ALL ACCRUED AND UNPAID LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SHALL BE PAID
TO HOLDERS OF NOTES PROMPTLY THEREAFTER.

               THE COMPANY SHALL NOTIFY THE TRUSTEE WITHIN FIVE DAYS AFTER THE
OCCURRENCE OF EACH AND EVERY REGISTRATION DEFAULT. THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE THAT
THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PROVIDED FOR IN THIS SECTION 4 CONSTITUTE A REASONABLE
ESTIMATE OF THE DAMAGES THAT WILL BE INCURRED BY HOLDERS BY REASON OF ANY
REGISTRATION DEFAULT.

               5. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SHELF
REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, ANY EXCHANGE OFFER
REGISTRATION STATEMENT, THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS SHALL APPLY:

               (A) THE COMPANY SHALL FURNISH TO THE INITIAL PURCHASERS, PRIOR TO
THE FILING THEREOF WITH THE COMMISSION, A COPY OF ANY REGISTRATION STATEMENT,
AND EACH AMENDMENT THEREOF AND EACH AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT, IF ANY, TO THE
PROSPECTUS INCLUDED THEREIN AND SHALL USE ITS BEST EFFORTS TO REFLECT IN EACH
SUCH DOCUMENT, WHEN SO FILED WITH THE COMMISSION, SUCH COMMENTS AS THE INITIAL
PURCHASERS REASONABLY MAY PROPOSE.

               (B)  THE COMPANY SHALL ENSURE THAT:

               i) ANY REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND ANY AMENDMENT THERETO AND ANY
         PROSPECTUS CONTAINED THEREIN AND ANY AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT THERETO
         COMPLIES IN ALL MATERIAL RESPECTS WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND THE RULES
         AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER;

               ii) ANY REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND ANY AMENDMENT THERETO DOES
         NOT, WHEN IT BECOMES EFFECTIVE, CONTAIN AN UNTRUE STATEMENT OF A
         MATERIAL FACT OR OMIT TO STATE A MATERIAL FACT REQUIRED TO BE STATED
         THEREIN OR NECESSARY TO MAKE THE STATEMENTS THEREIN NOT MISLEADING; AND

               iii) ANY PROSPECTUS FORMING PART OF ANY REGISTRATION STATEMENT,
         INCLUDING ANY AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT TO SUCH PROSPECTUS, DOES NOT
         INCLUDE AN UNTRUE STATEMENT OF A MATERIAL FACT OR OMIT TO STATE A
         MATERIAL FACT NECESSARY IN ORDER TO MAKE THE STATEMENTS THEREIN, IN
         LIGHT OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH THEY WERE MADE, NOT MISLEADING.

               (C) (1) THE COMPANY SHALL ADVISE THE INITIAL PURCHASERS AND, IN
THE CASE OF A SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT, THE HOLDERS OF NOTES COVERED
THEREBY, AND, IF REQUESTED BY THE INITIAL PURCHASERS OR ANY SUCH HOLDER, CONFIRM
SUCH ADVICE IN WRITING:

<PAGE>
               i) WHEN A REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND ANY AMENDMENT THERETO HAS
         BEEN FILED WITH THE COMMISSION AND WHEN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR
         ANY POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT THERETO HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE; AND

               ii) OF ANY REQUEST BY THE COMMISSION FOR AMENDMENTS OR
         SUPPLEMENTS TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS INCLUDED
         THEREIN OR FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

               (2) DURING THE SHELF REGISTRATION PERIOD OR THE EXCHANGE OFFER
REGISTRATION PERIOD, AS APPLICABLE, THE COMPANY SHALL ADVISE THE INITIAL
PURCHASERS AND, IN THE CASE OF A SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT, THE HOLDERS OF
NOTES COVERED THEREBY, AND, IN THE CASE OF AN EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION
STATEMENT, ANY EXCHANGING DEALER THAT HAS PROVIDED IN WRITING TO THE COMPANY A
TELEPHONE OR FACSIMILE NUMBER AND ADDRESS FOR NOTICES, AND, IF REQUESTED BY THE
INITIAL PURCHASERS OR ANY SUCH HOLDER OR EXCHANGING DEALER, CONFIRM SUCH ADVICE
IN WRITING:

               i) OF THE ISSUANCE BY THE COMMISSION OF ANY STOP ORDER SUSPENDING
         THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR THE INITIATION OF
         ANY PROCEEDINGS FOR THAT PURPOSE;

               ii) OF THE RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF ANY NOTIFICATION WITH
         RESPECT TO THE SUSPENSION OF THE QUALIFICATION OF THE NOTES INCLUDED
         THEREIN FOR SALE IN ANY JURISDICTION OR THE INITIATION OR THREATENING
         OF ANY PROCEEDING FOR SUCH PURPOSE; AND

               iii) OF THE HAPPENING OF ANY EVENT THAT REQUIRES THE MAKING OF
         ANY CHANGES IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS SO THAT, AS
         OF SUCH DATE, THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
         INCLUDE AN UNTRUE STATEMENT OF A MATERIAL FACT OR OMIT TO STATE A
         MATERIAL FACT NECESSARY TO MAKE THE STATEMENTS THEREIN (IN THE CASE OF
         THE PROSPECTUS, IN LIGHT OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH THEY WERE
         MADE) NOT MISLEADING (IN THE CASE OF THE PROSPECTUS, WHICH ADVICE SHALL
         BE ACCOMPANIED BY AN INSTRUCTION TO SUSPEND THE USE OF THE PROSPECTUS
         UNTIL THE REQUISITE CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE).

               (D) THE COMPANY SHALL USE ITS BEST EFFORTS TO OBTAIN THE
WITHDRAWAL OF ANY ORDER SUSPENDING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF ANY REGISTRATION
STATEMENT AT THE EARLIEST POSSIBLE TIME.

               (E) THE COMPANY SHALL FURNISH TO EACH HOLDER OF NOTES COVERED BY
ANY SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT, WITHOUT CHARGE, AT LEAST ONE COPY OF SUCH
SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND ANY POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT THERETO, INCLUDING
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES, AND, IF THE HOLDER SO REQUESTS IN WRITING,
ALL EXHIBITS THERETO (INCLUDING THOSE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE).

               (F) THE COMPANY SHALL, DURING THE SHELF REGISTRATION PERIOD,
DELIVER TO EACH HOLDER OF NOTES COVERED BY ANY SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT,
WITHOUT CHARGE, AS MANY COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS (INCLUDING EACH PRELIMINARY
PROSPECTUS) INCLUDED IN SUCH SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND ANY AMENDMENT OR
SUPPLEMENT THERETO AS SUCH HOLDER MAY REASONABLY REQUEST; AND THE COMPANY
CONSENTS TO THE USE OF THE PROSPECTUS OR ANY

<PAGE>
AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT THERETO BY EACH OF THE SELLING HOLDERS OF NOTES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING AND SALE OF THE NOTES COVERED BY THE PROSPECTUS OR
ANY AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT THERETO.

               (G) THE COMPANY SHALL FURNISH TO EACH EXCHANGING DEALER THAT SO
REQUESTS, WITHOUT CHARGE, AT LEAST ONE COPY OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION
STATEMENT AND ANY POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT THERETO, INCLUDING FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES, ANY DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE THEREIN AND,
IF THE EXCHANGING DEALER SO REQUESTS IN WRITING, ALL EXHIBITS THERETO (INCLUDING
THOSE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE).

               (H) THE COMPANY SHALL, DURING THE EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION
PERIOD, PROMPTLY DELIVER TO EACH EXCHANGING DEALER, WITHOUT CHARGE, AS MANY
COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS INCLUDED IN SUCH EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT
AND ANY AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT THERETO AS SUCH EXCHANGING DEALER MAY REASONABLY
REQUEST FOR DELIVERY IN CONNECTION WITH A SALE OF NEW NOTES RECEIVED BY IT
PURSUANT TO THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER; AND THE COMPANY CONSENTS TO THE USE
OF THE PROSPECTUS OR ANY AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT THERETO BY ANY SUCH EXCHANGING
DEALER, AS PROVIDED IN SECTION (2)(E) ABOVE.

               (I) PRIOR TO THE REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER OR ANY OTHER OFFERING
OF NOTES PURSUANT TO ANY REGISTRATION STATEMENT, THE COMPANY SHALL REGISTER OR
QUALIFY OR COOPERATE WITH THE HOLDERS OF NOTES INCLUDED THEREIN AND THEIR
RESPECTIVE COUNSEL IN CONNECTION WITH THE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION OF SUCH
NOTES FOR OFFER AND SALE UNDER THE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS OF SUCH STATES AS
ANY SUCH HOLDERS REASONABLY REQUEST IN WRITING AND DO ANY AND ALL OTHER ACTS OR
THINGS NECESSARY OR ADVISABLE TO ENABLE THE OFFER AND SALE IN SUCH STATES OF THE
NOTES COVERED BY SUCH REGISTRATION STATEMENT; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE
COMPANY WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO QUALIFY AS A FOREIGN CORPORATION OR AS A DEALER
IN SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS NOT THEN SO QUALIFIED, TO FILE
ANY GENERAL CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS OR TO TAKE ANY ACTION THAT WOULD
SUBJECT IT TO GENERAL SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH JURISDICTION WHERE IT IS
NOT THEN SO SUBJECT OR TO SUBJECT ITSELF TO TAXATION IN RESPECT OF DOING
BUSINESS IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS NOT OTHERWISE SO SUBJECT.

               (J) THE COMPANY SHALL COOPERATE WITH THE HOLDERS TO FACILITATE
THE TIMELY PREPARATION AND DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING NOTES TO BE
SOLD PURSUANT TO ANY REGISTRATION STATEMENT FREE OF ANY RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND
IN DENOMINATIONS OF $1,000 OR AN INTEGRAL MULTIPLE THEREOF AND REGISTERED IN
SUCH NAMES AS HOLDERS MAY REQUEST PRIOR TO SALES OF NOTES PURSUANT TO SUCH
REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

               (K) UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF ANY EVENT CONTEMPLATED BY PARAGRAPH
(C)(2)(III) OF THIS SECTION 5, THE COMPANY SHALL PROMPTLY PREPARE AND FILE A
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT TO ANY REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN AMENDMENT OR
SUPPLEMENT TO THE RELATED PROSPECTUS OR ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENT SO THAT, AS
THEREAFTER DELIVERED TO PURCHASERS OF THE NOTES INCLUDED THEREIN, THE PROSPECTUS
WILL NOT INCLUDE AN UNTRUE STATEMENT OF A MATERIAL FACT OR OMIT TO STATE ANY
MATERIAL FACT NECESSARY TO MAKE THE STATEMENTS THEREIN, IN LIGHT OF THE
CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH THEY WERE MADE, NOT MISLEADING.

               (L) NOT LATER THAN THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF ANY SUCH REGISTRATION
STATEMENT HEREUNDER, THE COMPANY SHALL PROVIDE A CUSIP NUMBER FOR THE NOTES OR
NEW NOTES, AS THE CASE MAY BE, REGISTERED UNDER SUCH REGISTRATION STATEMENT, AND
PROVIDE THE APPLICABLE TRUSTEE WITH PRINTED CERTIFICATES FOR SUCH NOTES OR NEW
NOTES, IN A FORM ELIGIBLE FOR DEPOSIT WITH THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY.

               (M) THE COMPANY SHALL USE ITS BEST EFFORTS TO COMPLY WITH ALL
APPLICABLE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE COMMISSION AND SHALL MAKE GENERALLY
AVAILABLE TO ITS SECURITY HOLDERS AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE
DATE OF THE APPLICABLE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AN EARNINGS STATEMENT SATISFYING
THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 11(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

<PAGE>
               (N) THE COMPANY SHALL CAUSE THE INDENTURE OR THE NEW NOTES
INDENTURE, AS THE CASE MAY BE, TO BE QUALIFIED UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF
1939, AS AMENDED (THE "TRUST INDENTURE ACT"), IN A TIMELY MANNER.

               (O) THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE EACH HOLDER OF NOTES TO BE SOLD
PURSUANT TO ANY SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO FURNISH TO THE COMPANY SUCH
INFORMATION REGARDING THE HOLDER AND THE DISTRIBUTION OF SUCH NOTES AS THE
COMPANY MAY FROM TIME TO TIME REASONABLY REQUIRE FOR INCLUSION IN SUCH
REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

               (P) THE COMPANY SHALL, IF REQUESTED, PROMPTLY INCORPORATE IN A
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT TO A SHELF REGISTRATION
STATEMENT, SUCH INFORMATION AS THE MANAGING UNDERWRITERS, IF ANY, AND THE
MAJORITY HOLDERS REASONABLY AGREE SHOULD BE INCLUDED THEREIN, AND SHALL MAKE ALL
REQUIRED FILINGS OF SUCH PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT
PROMPTLY UPON NOTIFICATION OF THE MATTERS TO BE INCORPORATED IN SUCH PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT OR POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT.

               (Q) IN THE CASE OF ANY SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT, THE COMPANY
SHALL ENTER INTO SUCH AGREEMENTS (INCLUDING UNDERWRITING AGREEMENTS) AND TAKE
ALL OTHER APPROPRIATE ACTIONS IN ORDER TO EXPEDITE OR TO FACILITATE THE
REGISTRATION OR THE DISPOSITION OF ANY NOTES INCLUDED THEREIN, AND, IN
CONNECTION THEREWITH, IF AN UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO, CAUSE THE
SAME TO CONTAIN INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS AND PROCEDURES NO LESS FAVORABLE THAN
THOSE SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 HEREOF (OR SUCH OTHER PROVISIONS AND PROCEDURES
ACCEPTABLE TO THE MAJORITY HOLDERS AND THE MANAGING UNDERWRITERS, IF ANY) WITH
RESPECT TO ALL PARTIES TO BE INDEMNIFIED PURSUANT TO SECTION 7 HEREOF.

               (R) IN THE CASE OF ANY SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT, THE COMPANY
SHALL:

               i) MAKE REASONABLY AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION BY THE HOLDERS OF
         NOTES TO BE REGISTERED THEREUNDER, ANY UNDERWRITER PARTICIPATING IN ANY
         DISPOSITION PURSUANT TO SUCH SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT, AND ANY
         ATTORNEY, ACCOUNTANT OR OTHER AGENT RETAINED BY THE HOLDERS OR ANY SUCH
         UNDERWRITER ALL RELEVANT FINANCIAL AND OTHER RECORDS, PERTINENT
         CORPORATE DOCUMENTS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES;

               ii) CAUSE THE COMPANY'S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES TO
         SUPPLY ALL RELEVANT INFORMATION REASONABLY REQUESTED BY THE HOLDERS OR
         ANY SUCH UNDERWRITER, ATTORNEY, ACCOUNTANT OR AGENT IN CONNECTION WITH
         ANY SUCH REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS IS CUSTOMARY FOR SIMILAR DUE
         DILIGENCE EXAMINATIONS AND MAKE SUCH REPRESENTATIVES OF THE COMPANY AS
         SHALL BE REASONABLY REQUESTED BY THE INITIAL PURCHASERS AVAILABLE FOR
         DISCUSSION OF ANY SUCH REGISTRATION STATEMENT; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT
         ANY INFORMATION THAT IS DESIGNATED IN WRITING BY THE COMPANY, IN GOOD
         FAITH, AS CONFIDENTIAL AT THE TIME OF DELIVERY OF SUCH INFORMATION
         SHALL BE KEPT CONFIDENTIAL BY THE HOLDERS OR ANY SUCH UNDERWRITER,
         ATTORNEY, ACCOUNTANT OR AGENT, UNLESS DISCLOSURE OF SUCH INFORMATION IS
         MADE IN CONNECTION WITH A COURT PROCEEDING OR REQUIRED BY LAW, OR SUCH
         INFORMATION BECOMES AVAILABLE TO THE PUBLIC GENERALLY OR THROUGH A
         THIRD PARTY WITHOUT AN ACCOMPANYING OBLIGATION OF CONFIDENTIALITY OTHER
         THAN AS A RESULT OF A DISCLOSURE OF SUCH INFORMATION BY ANY SUCH
         HOLDER, UNDERWRITER, ATTORNEY, ACCOUNTANT OR AGENT;

<PAGE>
               iii) MAKE SUCH REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES TO THE HOLDERS OF
         NOTES REGISTERED THEREUNDER AND THE UNDERWRITERS, IF ANY, IN FORM,
         SUBSTANCE AND SCOPE AS ARE CUSTOMARILY MADE BY ISSUERS TO UNDERWRITERS
         IN SIMILAR UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS AS MAY BE REASONABLY REQUESTED BY
         THEM;

               iv) OBTAIN OPINIONS OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY AND UPDATES THEREOF
         (WHICH COUNSEL AND OPINIONS (IN FORM, SCOPE AND SUBSTANCE) SHALL BE
         REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE MANAGING UNDERWRITERS, IF ANY) ADDRESSED
         TO EACH SELLING HOLDER AND THE UNDERWRITERS, IF ANY, COVERING SUCH
         MATTERS AS ARE CUSTOMARILY COVERED IN OPINIONS REQUESTED IN SIMILAR
         UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS AND SUCH OTHER MATTERS AS MAY BE REASONABLY
         REQUESTED BY SUCH HOLDERS AND UNDERWRITERS;

               v) OBTAIN "COLD COMFORT" LETTERS AND UPDATES THEREOF FROM THE
         INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS OF THE COMPANY (AND, IF
         NECESSARY, ANY OTHER INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS OF ANY
         SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY OR OF ANY BUSINESS ACQUIRED BY THE COMPANY
         FOR WHICH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL DATA ARE, OR ARE REQUIRED
         TO BE, INCLUDED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT) ADDRESSED TO THE
         UNDERWRITERS, IF ANY, AND USE REASONABLE EFFORTS TO HAVE SUCH LETTERS
         AND UPDATES THEREOF ADDRESSED TO THE SELLING HOLDERS OF NOTES
         REGISTERED THEREUNDER (TO THE EXTENT CONSISTENT WITH STATEMENT ON
         AUDITING STANDARDS NO. 72 OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC
         ACCOUNTANTS (AICPA) ("SAS 72")), IN CUSTOMARY FORM AND COVERING MATTERS
         OF THE TYPE CUSTOMARILY COVERED IN "COLD COMFORT" LETTERS IN CONNECTION
         WITH SIMILAR UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS, OR IF THE PROVISION OF SUCH "COLD
         COMFORT" LETTERS IS NOT PERMITTED BY SAS NO. 72 OR IF REQUESTED BY THE
         INITIAL PURCHASERS OR THEIR COUNSEL IN LIEU OF A "COLD COMFORT" LETTER,
         AN AGREED-UPON PROCEDURES LETTER UNDER STATEMENT ON AUDITING STANDARDS
         NO. 35 OF THE AICPA, COVERING MATTERS REQUESTED BY THE INITIAL
         PURCHASERS OR THEIR COUNSEL; AND

               vi) DELIVER SUCH DOCUMENTS AND CERTIFICATES AS MAY BE REASONABLY
         REQUESTED BY THE MAJORITY HOLDERS AND THE MANAGING UNDERWRITERS, IF
         ANY, AND CUSTOMARILY DELIVERED IN SIMILAR OFFERINGS, INCLUDING THOSE TO
         EVIDENCE COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 5(K) HEREOF AND WITH ANY CONDITIONS
         CONTAINED IN THE UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT OR OTHER AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO
         BY THE COMPANY.

               THE FOREGOING ACTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSES (III), (IV), (V) AND
(VI) OF THIS SECTION 5(R) SHALL BE PERFORMED AT (A) THE EFFECTIVENESS OF SUCH
SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND EACH POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT THERETO AND (B)
EACH CLOSING UNDER ANY UNDERWRITING OR SIMILAR AGREEMENT AS AND TO THE EXTENT
REQUIRED THEREUNDER.

               (S) THE COMPANY SHALL IF AND TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT AND/OR THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS
THEREUNDER IN ORDER TO REGISTER THE NOTES (INCLUDING THE NOTE GUARANTEES) UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT AND QUALIFY THE INDENTURE UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT,
CAUSE EACH

<PAGE>
GUARANTOR TO SIGN ANY REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND TAKE ALL OTHER ACTION NECESSARY
TO REGISTER THE NOTE GUARANTEES UNDER THE APPLICABLE REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

               6. REGISTRATION EXPENSES. THE COMPANY SHALL BEAR ALL EXPENSES
INCURRED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTIONS 2,
3, 4 AND 5 HEREOF AND, IN THE EVENT OF ANY SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT, WILL
REIMBURSE THE HOLDERS FOR THE REASONABLE FEES AND DISBURSEMENTS OF ONE FIRM OR
COUNSEL DESIGNATED BY THE MAJORITY HOLDERS TO ACT AS COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDERS IN
CONNECTION THEREWITH AND, IN THE CASE OF ANY EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION
STATEMENT, WILL REIMBURSE THE INITIAL PURCHASERS FOR THE REASONABLE FEES AND
DISBURSEMENTS OF COUNSEL ACTING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH.

               7. INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION. (A) IN CONNECTION WITH ANY
REGISTRATION STATEMENT, THE COMPANY AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS EACH
HOLDER OF NOTES COVERED THEREBY (INCLUDING THE INITIAL PURCHASERS AND, WITH
RESPECT TO ANY PROSPECTUS DELIVERY AS CONTEMPLATED BY SECTIONS 2(E) AND 5(H)
HEREOF, EACH EXCHANGING DEALER), THE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS
OF SUCH HOLDER AND EACH PERSON WHO CONTROLS SUCH HOLDER WITHIN THE MEANING OF
EITHER THE SECURITIES ACT OR THE EXCHANGE ACT, AGAINST ANY AND ALL LOSSES,
CLAIMS, DAMAGES OR LIABILITIES, JOINT OR SEVERAL, TO WHICH THEY OR ANY OF THEM
MAY BECOME SUBJECT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, THE EXCHANGE ACT OR OTHER FEDERAL
OR STATE STATUTORY LAW OR REGULATION, AT COMMON LAW OR OTHERWISE, INSOFAR AS
SUCH LOSSES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES OR LIABILITIES (OR ACTIONS IN RESPECT THEREOF)
ARISE OUT OF OR ARE BASED UPON ANY UNTRUE STATEMENT OR ALLEGED UNTRUE STATEMENT
OF A MATERIAL FACT CONTAINED IN SUCH REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS ORIGINALLY FILED
OR IN ANY AMENDMENT THEREOF, OR IN ANY PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS OR PROSPECTUS, OR
IN ANY AMENDMENT THEREOF OR SUPPLEMENT THERETO, OR ARISE OUT OF OR ARE BASED
UPON THE OMISSION OR ALLEGED OMISSION TO STATE THEREIN A MATERIAL FACT REQUIRED
TO BE STATED THEREIN OR NECESSARY TO MAKE THE STATEMENTS THEREIN (IN THE CASE OF
THE PROSPECTUS, IN LIGHT OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH THEY WERE MADE) NOT
MISLEADING, AND AGREES TO REIMBURSE EACH SUCH INDEMNIFIED PARTY, AS INCURRED,
FOR ANY LEGAL OR OTHER EXPENSES REASONABLY INCURRED BY THEM IN CONNECTION WITH
INVESTIGATING OR DEFENDING ANY SUCH LOSS, CLAIM, DAMAGE OR LIABILITY (OR ACTION
IN RESPECT THEREOF); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE COMPANY WILL NOT BE LIABLE IN
ANY CASE TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH LOSS, CLAIM, DAMAGE OR LIABILITY ARISES OUT
OF OR IS BASED UPON ANY SUCH UNTRUE STATEMENT OR ALLEGED UNTRUE STATEMENT OR
OMISSION OR ALLEGED OMISSION MADE THEREIN IN RELIANCE UPON AND IN CONFORMITY
WITH WRITTEN INFORMATION FURNISHED TO THE COMPANY BY OR ON BEHALF OF ANY SUCH
HOLDER SPECIFICALLY FOR INCLUSION THEREIN. THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVIDED HEREIN
WILL BE IN ADDITION TO ANY LIABILITY THAT THE COMPANY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE.

               THE COMPANY ALSO AGREES TO INDEMNIFY OR CONTRIBUTE TO LOSSES OF,
AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 7(D) HEREOF, ANY UNDERWRITERS OF NOTES REGISTERED UNDER A
SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT, THEIR EMPLOYEES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND AGENTS
AND EACH PERSON WHO CONTROLS SUCH UNDERWRITERS ON THE SAME BASIS AS THAT OF THE
INDEMNIFICATION OF THE INITIAL PURCHASERS AND THE SELLING HOLDERS PROVIDED IN
THIS SECTION 7(A) AND SHALL, IF REQUESTED BY ANY HOLDER, ENTER INTO AN
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT REFLECTING SUCH AGREEMENT, AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 5(Q)
HEREOF.

<PAGE>
               (B) EACH HOLDER OF NOTES COVERED BY A REGISTRATION STATEMENT
(INCLUDING EACH INITIAL PURCHASER AND, WITH RESPECT TO ANY PROSPECTUS DELIVERY
AS CONTEMPLATED BY SECTIONS 2(E) AND 5(H) HEREOF, EACH EXCHANGING DEALER)
SEVERALLY AND NOT JOINTLY AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS (I) THE COMPANY,
(II) EACH OF THE DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, (III) EACH OF THE OFFICERS OF THE
COMPANY WHO SIGNS SUCH REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND (IV) EACH PERSON WHO CONTROLS
THE COMPANY WITHIN THE MEANING OF EITHER THE SECURITIES ACT OR THE EXCHANGE ACT
TO THE SAME EXTENT AS THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY FROM THE COMPANY TO EACH SUCH
HOLDER, BUT ONLY WITH RESPECT TO WRITTEN INFORMATION FURNISHED TO THE COMPANY BY
OR ON BEHALF OF SUCH HOLDER SPECIFICALLY FOR INCLUSION IN THE DOCUMENTS REFERRED
TO IN THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY. THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVIDED HEREIN WILL BE IN
ADDITION TO ANY LIABILITY THAT ANY SUCH HOLDER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE.

               (C) PROMPTLY AFTER RECEIPT BY AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY UNDER THIS
SECTION 7 OF NOTICE OF THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY ACTION, SUCH INDEMNIFIED PARTY
WILL, IF A CLAIM IN RESPECT THEREOF IS TO BE MADE AGAINST THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY
UNDER THIS SECTION 7, NOTIFY THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY IN WRITING OF THE
COMMENCEMENT THEREOF; BUT THE FAILURE SO TO NOTIFY THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY (I)
WILL NOT RELIEVE THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY FROM LIABILITY UNDER PARAGRAPH (A) OR
(B) ABOVE UNLESS AND TO THE EXTENT IT DID NOT OTHERWISE LEARN OF SUCH ACTION AND
SUCH FAILURE RESULTS IN THE FORFEITURE BY THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY OF RIGHTS AND
DEFENSES, AND (II) WILL NOT, IN ANY EVENT, RELIEVE THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY FROM
ANY OBLIGATIONS TO ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY OTHER THAN THE INDEMNIFICATION
OBLIGATION PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH (A) OR (B) ABOVE. THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY SHALL
BE ENTITLED TO APPOINT COUNSEL (INCLUDING LOCAL COUNSEL) OF THE INDEMNIFYING
PARTY'S CHOICE AT THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY'S EXPENSE TO REPRESENT THE INDEMNIFIED
PARTY IN ANY ACTION FOR WHICH INDEMNIFICATION IS SOUGHT (IN WHICH CASE THE
INDEMNIFYING PARTY SHALL NOT THEREAFTER BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FEES AND EXPENSES
OF ANY SEPARATE COUNSEL RETAINED BY THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY OR PARTIES EXCEPT AS
SET FORTH BELOW); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH COUNSEL SHALL BE SATISFACTORY TO
THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY. NOTWITHSTANDING THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY'S ELECTION TO
APPOINT COUNSEL TO REPRESENT THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY IN AN ACTION, THE INDEMNIFIED
PARTY SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO EMPLOY SEPARATE COUNSEL (INCLUDING LOCAL COUNSEL),
AND THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY SHALL BEAR THE REASONABLE FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES OF
SUCH SEPARATE COUNSEL (AND LOCAL COUNSEL) IF (I) THE USE OF COUNSEL CHOSEN BY
THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY TO REPRESENT THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY WOULD PRESENT SUCH
COUNSEL WITH A CONFLICT OF INTEREST, (II) THE ACTUAL OR POTENTIAL DEFENDANTS IN,
OR TARGETS OF, ANY SUCH ACTION INCLUDE BOTH THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE
INDEMNIFYING PARTY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY SHALL HAVE REASONABLY CONCLUDED
THAT THERE MAY BE LEGAL DEFENSES AVAILABLE TO IT AND/OR OTHER INDEMNIFIED
PARTIES THAT ARE DIFFERENT FROM OR ADDITIONAL TO THOSE AVAILABLE TO THE
INDEMNIFYING PARTY, (III) THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY SHALL NOT HAVE EMPLOYED COUNSEL
SATISFACTORY TO THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY TO REPRESENT THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY WITHIN
A REASONABLE TIME AFTER NOTICE OF THE INSTITUTION OF SUCH ACTION OR (IV) THE
INDEMNIFYING PARTY SHALL AUTHORIZE THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY TO EMPLOY SEPARATE
COUNSEL AT THE EXPENSE OF THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY. WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN
CONSENT OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES, AN INDEMNIFYING PARTY WILL NOT SETTLE OR
COMPROMISE OR CONSENT TO THE ENTRY OF ANY JUDGMENT WITH RESPECT TO ANY PENDING
OR THREATENED CLAIM, ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN RESPECT OF WHICH
INDEMNIFICATION OR CONTRIBUTION MAY BE SOUGHT HEREUNDER (WHETHER OR NOT THE
INDEMNIFIED PARTIES ARE ACTUAL OR POTENTIAL PARTIES TO SUCH CLAIM OR ACTION)
UNLESS SUCH SETTLEMENT, COMPROMISE OR CONSENT INCLUDES AN UNCONDITIONAL RELEASE
OF EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY FROM ALL LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF SUCH CLAIM, ACTION,
SUIT OR PROCEEDING.

<PAGE>
               (D) IF THE INDEMNITY PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH (A) OR (B) OF THIS
SECTION 7 IS UNAVAILABLE TO OR INSUFFICIENT TO HOLD HARMLESS AN INDEMNIFIED
PARTY FOR ANY REASON, THEN EACH APPLICABLE INDEMNIFYING PARTY, IN LIEU OF
INDEMNIFYING SUCH INDEMNIFIED PARTY, SHALL HAVE A JOINT AND SEVERAL OBLIGATION
TO CONTRIBUTE TO THE AGGREGATE LOSSES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES AND LIABILITIES
(INCLUDING LEGAL OR OTHER EXPENSES REASONABLY INCURRED IN CONNECTION WITH
INVESTIGATING OR DEFENDING THE SAME) (COLLECTIVELY "LOSSES") TO WHICH SUCH
INDEMNIFIED PARTY MAY BE SUBJECT IN SUCH PROPORTION AS IS APPROPRIATE TO REFLECT
THE RELATIVE BENEFITS RECEIVED BY SUCH INDEMNIFYING PARTY, ON THE ONE HAND, AND
SUCH INDEMNIFIED PARTY, ON THE OTHER HAND, FROM THE INITIAL PLACEMENT AND THE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT RESULTED IN SUCH LOSSES; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT IN
NO CASE SHALL ANY INITIAL PURCHASER OR ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER OF ANY NOTE OR NEW
NOTE BE RESPONSIBLE, IN THE AGGREGATE, FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF THE PURCHASE
DISCOUNT OR COMMISSION APPLICABLE TO SUCH NOTE, OR IN THE CASE OF AN NEW NOTE,
APPLICABLE TO THE NOTE THAT WAS EXCHANGEABLE INTO SUCH NEW NOTE, AS SET FORTH ON
THE COVER PAGE OF THE FINAL MEMORANDUM, NOR SHALL ANY UNDERWRITER BE RESPONSIBLE
FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF THE UNDERWRITING DISCOUNT OR COMMISSION APPLICABLE
TO THE NOTES PURCHASED BY SUCH UNDERWRITER UNDER THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT
RESULTED IN SUCH LOSSES. IF THE ALLOCATION PROVIDED BY THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING
SENTENCE IS UNAVAILABLE FOR ANY REASON, THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY AND THE
INDEMNIFIED PARTY SHALL CONTRIBUTE IN SUCH PROPORTION AS IS APPROPRIATE TO
REFLECT NOT ONLY SUCH RELATIVE BENEFITS BUT ALSO THE RELATIVE FAULT OF SUCH
INDEMNIFYING PARTY, ON THE ONE HAND, AND SUCH INDEMNIFIED PARTY, ON THE OTHER
HAND, IN CONNECTION WITH THE STATEMENTS OR OMISSIONS THAT RESULTED IN SUCH
LOSSES AS WELL AS ANY OTHER RELEVANT EQUITABLE CONSIDERATIONS. BENEFITS RECEIVED
BY THE COMPANY SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE EQUAL TO THE SUM OF (X) THE TOTAL NET
PROCEEDS FROM THE INITIAL PLACEMENT (BEFORE DEDUCTING EXPENSES) AS SET FORTH ON
THE COVER PAGE OF THE FINAL MEMORANDUM AND (Y) THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF LIQUIDATED
DAMAGES WHICH THE COMPANY WAS NOT REQUIRED TO PAY AS A RESULT OF REGISTERING THE
NOTES COVERED BY THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT RESULTED IN SUCH LOSSES.
BENEFITS RECEIVED BY EACH INITIAL PURCHASER SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE EQUAL TO THE
PURCHASE DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS AS SET FORTH ON THE COVER PAGE OF THE FINAL
MEMORANDUM RECEIVED BY SUCH INITIAL PURCHASER, AND BENEFITS RECEIVED BY ANY
OTHER HOLDERS SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE EQUAL TO THE INCREMENTAL VALUE OF RECEIVING
NOTES OR NEW NOTES, AS APPLICABLE, REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OVER THE
VALUE OF RECEIVING NOTES OR NEW NOTES, AS APPLICABLE, NOT SO REGISTERED.
BENEFITS RECEIVED BY ANY UNDERWRITER SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE EQUAL TO THE TOTAL
UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS, AS SET FORTH ON THE COVER PAGE OF THE
PROSPECTUS FORMING A PART OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT RESULTED IN SUCH
LOSSES, RECEIVED BY SUCH UNDERWRITER. RELATIVE FAULT SHALL BE DETERMINED BY
REFERENCE TO WHETHER ANY ALLEGED UNTRUE STATEMENT OR OMISSION RELATES TO
INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY, ON THE ONE HAND, OR BY THE
INDEMNIFIED PARTY, ON THE OTHER HAND. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT IT WOULD NOT BE
JUST AND EQUITABLE IF CONTRIBUTION WERE DETERMINED BY PRO RATA ALLOCATION OR ANY
OTHER METHOD OF ALLOCATION THAT DID NOT TAKE ACCOUNT OF THE EQUITABLE
CONSIDERATIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE. NOTWITHSTANDING THE PROVISIONS OF THIS
PARAGRAPH (D), NO PERSON GUILTY OF FRAUDULENT MISREPRESENTATION (WITHIN THE
MEANING OF SECTION 11(F) OF THE SECURITIES ACT) SHALL BE ENTITLED TO
CONTRIBUTION FROM ANY PERSON WHO WAS NOT GUILTY OF SUCH FRAUDULENT
MISREPRESENTATION. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION 7, EACH PERSON WHO CONTROLS A
HOLDER WITHIN THE MEANING OF

<PAGE>
EITHER THE SECURITIES ACT OR THE EXCHANGE ACT AND EACH DIRECTOR, OFFICER,
EMPLOYEE AND AGENT OF SUCH HOLDER SHALL HAVE THE SAME RIGHTS TO CONTRIBUTION AS
SUCH HOLDER, AND EACH PERSON WHO CONTROLS THE COMPANY WITHIN THE MEANING OF
EITHER THE SECURITIES ACT OR THE EXCHANGE ACT, EACH OFFICER OF THE COMPANY WHO
SHALL HAVE SIGNED THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND EACH DIRECTOR OF THE COMPANY
SHALL HAVE THE SAME RIGHTS TO CONTRIBUTION AS THE COMPANY, SUBJECT IN EACH CASE
TO THE APPLICABLE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH (D).

               (E) THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 7 WILL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE
AND EFFECT, REGARDLESS OF ANY INVESTIGATION MADE BY OR ON BEHALF OF ANY HOLDER
OR THE COMPANY OR ANY OF THE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS OR CONTROLLING PERSONS REFERRED
TO IN SECTION 7 HEREOF, AND WILL SURVIVE THE SALE BY A HOLDER OF NOTES COVERED
BY A REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

               8.  MISCELLANEOUS.

               (A) REMEDIES. EACH HOLDER, IN ADDITION TO BEING ENTITLED TO
EXERCISE ALL RIGHTS PROVIDED HEREIN, IN THE INDENTURE, OR IN THE PURCHASE
AGREEMENT OR GRANTED BY LAW, INCLUDING RECOVERY OF LIQUIDATED OR OTHER DAMAGES,
WILL BE ENTITLED TO SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OF ITS RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. THE
COMPANY AGREES THAT MONETARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY) WOULD NOT BE ADEQUATE COMPENSATION FOR ANY LOSS INCURRED BY
REASON OF A BREACH BY IT OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND HEREBY WAIVES
THE DEFENSE IN ANY ACTION FOR SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE THAT A REMEDY AT LAW WOULD BE
ADEQUATE.

               (B) NO INCONSISTENT AGREEMENTS. THE COMPANY HAS NOT, AS OF THE
DATE HEREOF, ENTERED INTO, NOR SHALL IT, ON OR AFTER THE DATE HEREOF, ENTER
INTO, ANY AGREEMENT THAT CONFLICTS WITH THE RIGHTS GRANTED TO THE HOLDERS HEREIN
OR OTHERWISE CONFLICTS WITH THE PROVISIONS HEREOF.

               (C) AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT,
INCLUDING THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SENTENCE, MAY NOT BE AMENDED, QUALIFIED,
MODIFIED OR SUPPLEMENTED, AND WAIVERS OR CONSENTS TO DEPARTURES FROM THE
PROVISIONS HEREOF MAY NOT BE GIVEN, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS OBTAINED THE WRITTEN
CONSENT OF THE HOLDERS OF AT LEAST A MAJORITY OF THE THEN-OUTSTANDING AGGREGATE
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES (OR, AFTER THE CONSUMMATION OF ANY EXCHANGE OFFER IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2 HEREOF, OF NEW NOTES); PROVIDED THAT, WITH RESPECT TO
ANY MATTER THAT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY AFFECTS THE RIGHTS OF THE INITIAL
PURCHASERS HEREUNDER, THE COMPANY SHALL OBTAIN THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE
INITIAL PURCHASERS. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING (EXCEPT THE FOREGOING
PROVISO), A WAIVER OR CONSENT TO DEPARTURE FROM THE PROVISIONS HEREOF WITH
RESPECT TO A MATTER THAT RELATES EXCLUSIVELY TO THE RIGHTS OF HOLDERS WHOSE
NOTES ARE BEING SOLD PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND THAT DOES NOT
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY AFFECT THE RIGHTS OF OTHER HOLDERS MAY BE GIVEN BY THE
MAJORITY HOLDERS, DETERMINED ON THE BASIS OF NOTES BEING SOLD RATHER THAN
REGISTERED UNDER SUCH REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

<PAGE>
               (D) NOTICES. ALL NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS PROVIDED FOR OR
PERMITTED HEREUNDER SHALL BE MADE IN WRITING BY HAND-DELIVERY, FIRST-CLASS MAIL,
TELEX, TELECOPIER, OR AIR COURIER GUARANTEEING OVERNIGHT DELIVERY:

               i)IF TO A HOLDER, AT THE MOST CURRENT ADDRESS GIVEN BY SUCH
         HOLDER TO THE COMPANY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION
         8(D), WHICH ADDRESS INITIALLY IS, WITH RESPECT TO EACH HOLDER, THE
         ADDRESS OF SUCH HOLDER MAINTAINED BY THE REGISTRAR UNDER THE INDENTURE,
         WITH A COPY IN LIKE MANNER TO NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.;

               ii) IF TO THE INITIAL PURCHASERS, INITIALLY AT NATIONSBANK
         CORPORATE CENTER, 100 NORTH TRYON STREET NC1-007-07-01, CHARLOTTE,
         NORTH CAROLINA 28255- 0001;

               iii) IF TO THE COMPANY, INITIALLY C/O THE COMPANY AT 104
         INDUSTRIAL BLVD., SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478, WITH COPIES TO BOYER, EWING
         & HARRIS, INC., THE COASTAL TOWER, NINE GREENWAY PLAZA, SUITE 3100,
         HOUSTON, TEXAS 77046-0904, ATTENTION: JOHN R. BOYER, JR., ESQ.

               ALL SUCH NOTICES AND COMMUNICATIONS SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN
DULY GIVEN WHEN RECEIVED. THE INITIAL PURCHASERS, ON THE ONE HAND, OR THE
COMPANY, ON THE OTHER, BY NOTICE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR PARTIES MAY DESIGNATE
ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT ADDRESSES FOR SUBSEQUENT NOTICES OR COMMUNICATIONS.

               (E) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL INURE TO THE
BENEFIT OF AND BE BINDING UPON THE SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS OF EACH OF THE
PARTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT THE NEED FOR AN EXPRESS ASSIGNMENT OR ANY CONSENT BY
THE COMPANY OR ANY GUARANTOR THERETO, SUBSEQUENT HOLDERS OF NOTES OR NEW NOTES
OR BOTH. THE COMPANY HEREBY AGREES TO EXTEND THE BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT TO
ANY HOLDER OF NOTES OR NEW NOTES OR BOTH AND ANY SUCH HOLDER MAY SPECIFICALLY
ENFORCE THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AS IF AN ORIGINAL PARTY HERETO.

               (F) COUNTERPARTS. THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE EXECUTED IN ANY NUMBER OF
COUNTERPARTS AND BY THE PARTIES HERETO IN SEPARATE COUNTERPARTS, EACH OF WHICH
WHEN SO EXECUTED SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE AN ORIGINAL AND ALL OF WHICH TAKEN
TOGETHER SHALL CONSTITUTE
ONE AND THE SAME AGREEMENT.

               (G) HEADINGS. THE HEADINGS IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE FOR CONVENIENCE
OF REFERENCE ONLY AND SHALL NOT LIMIT OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE MEANING HEREOF.

               (H)  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN SAID STATE.

<PAGE>
               (I) SEVERABILITY. IF ANY ONE OR MORE OF THE PROVISIONS CONTAINED
HEREIN, OR THE APPLICATION THEREOF IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, IS HELD INVALID,
ILLEGAL OR UNENFORCEABLE IN ANY RESPECT FOR ANY REASON, THE VALIDITY, LEGALITY
AND ENFORCEABILITY OF ANY SUCH PROVISION IN EVERY OTHER RESPECT AND OF THE
REMAINING PROVISIONS HEREOF SHALL NOT BE IN ANY WAY IMPAIRED OR AFFECTED
THEREBY, IT BEING INTENDED THAT ALL OF THE RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES OF THE PARTIES
SHALL BE ENFORCEABLE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW.

               (J) NOTES HELD BY THE COMPANY, ETC. WHENEVER THE CONSENT OR
APPROVAL OF HOLDERS OF A SPECIFIED PERCENTAGE OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES OR
NEW NOTES IS REQUIRED HEREUNDER, NOTES OR NEW NOTES, AS APPLICABLE, HELD BY THE
COMPANY OR ITS AFFILIATES (OTHER THAN SUBSEQUENT HOLDERS OF NOTES OR NEW NOTES
IF SUCH SUBSEQUENT HOLDERS ARE DEEMED TO BE AFFILIATES SOLELY BY REASON OF THEIR
HOLDINGS OF SUCH NOTES OR NEW NOTES) SHALL NOT BE COUNTED IN DETERMINING WHETHER
SUCH CONSENT OR APPROVAL WAS GIVEN BY THE HOLDERS OF SUCH REQUIRED PERCENTAGE.

<PAGE>
               PLEASE CONFIRM THAT THE FOREGOING CORRECTLY SETS FORTH THE
AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND YOU.


                                            VERY TRULY YOURS,
                                            MAXXIM MEDICAL, INC.,

                                            A TEXAS CORPORATION

                                            BY:

                                            Name:
                                            Title:
THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT IS HEREBY
ACCEPTED AS OF THE DATE FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN.

NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.


    BY:
    NAME:
    TITLE:


    BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.


    BY:
    NAME:
    TITLE:

<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX A

EACH BROKER-DEALER THAT RECEIVES NEW NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT PURSUANT TO THE
EXCHANGE OFFER MUST ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IT WILL DELIVER A PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION
WITH ANY RESALE OF SUCH NEW NOTES. THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL STATES THAT BY SO
ACKNOWLEDGING AND BY DELIVERING A PROSPECTUS, A BROKER-DEALER WILL NOT BE DEEMED
TO ADMIT THAT IT IS AN "UNDERWRITER" WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
THIS PROSPECTUS, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME, MAY BE
USED BY A BROKER-DEALER IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF NEW NOTES RECEIVED IN
EXCHANGE FOR NOTES WHERE SUCH NOTES WERE ACQUIRED BY SUCH BROKER-DEALER AS A
RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES. THE COMPANY HAS
AGREED THAT, STARTING ON THE EXPIRATION DATE (AS DEFINED HEREIN) AND ENDING ON
THE CLOSE OF BUSINESS ONE YEAR AFTER THE EXPIRATION DATE, IT WILL MAKE THIS
PROSPECTUS AVAILABLE TO ANY BROKER-DEALER FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH
RESALE. SEE "PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION."

<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX B

EACH BROKER-DEALER THAT RECEIVES NEW NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT IN EXCHANGE FOR
NOTES, WHERE SUCH NOTES WERE ACQUIRED BY SUCH BROKER-DEALER AS A RESULT OF
MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES, MUST ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IT
WILL DELIVER A PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH ANY RESALE OF SUCH NEW NOTES. SEE
"PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION."

                                                                               1

<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX C

                                     PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

               EACH BROKER-DEALER THAT RECEIVES NEW NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT
PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER MUST ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IT WILL DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH ANY RESALE OF SUCH NEW NOTES. THIS PROSPECTUS, AS
IT MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME, MAY BE USED BY A
BROKER-DEALER IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF NEW NOTES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR
NOTES WHERE SUCH NOTES WERE ACQUIRED AS A RESULT OF MARKET- MAKING ACTIVITIES OR
OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES. THE COMPANY HAS AGREED THAT, STARTING ON THE
EXPIRATION DATE AND ENDING ON THE CLOSE OF BUSINESS ONE YEAR AFTER THE
EXPIRATION DATE, IT WILL MAKE THIS PROSPECTUS, AS AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED,
AVAILABLE TO ANY BROKER-DEALER FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH RESALE. IN
ADDITION, UNTIL ____________, 199 , ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE
NEW NOTES MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.

               THE COMPANY WILL NOT RECEIVE ANY PROCEEDS FROM ANY SALE OF NEW
NOTES BY BROKER-DEALERS. NEW NOTES RECEIVED BY BROKER-DEALERS FOR THEIR OWN
ACCOUNT PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE SOLD FROM TIME TO TIME IN ONE OR
MORE TRANSACTIONS IN THE OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET, IN NEGOTIATED TRANSACTIONS,
THROUGH THE WRITING OF OPTIONS ON THE NEW NOTES OR A COMBINATION OF SUCH METHODS
OF RESALE, AT MARKET PRICES PREVAILING AT THE TIME OF RESALE, AT PRICES RELATED
TO SUCH PREVAILING MARKET PRICES OR NEGOTIATED PRICES. ANY SUCH RESALE MAY BE
MADE DIRECTLY TO PURCHASERS OR TO OR THROUGH BROKERS OR DEALERS WHO MAY RECEIVE
COMPENSATION IN THE FORM OF COMMISSIONS OR CONCESSIONS FROM ANY SUCH
BROKER-DEALER AND/OR THE PURCHASERS OF ANY SUCH NEW NOTES. ANY BROKER-DEALER
THAT RESELLS NEW NOTES THAT WERE RECEIVED BY IT FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT PURSUANT TO
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND ANY BROKER OR DEALER THAT PARTICIPATES IN A DISTRIBUTION
OF SUCH NEW NOTES MAY BE DEEMED TO BE AN "UNDERWRITER" WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE
SECURITIES ACT AND ANY PROFIT FROM ANY SUCH RESALE OF NEW NOTES AND ANY
COMMISSIONS OR CONCESSIONS RECEIVED BY ANY SUCH PERSONS MAY BE DEEMED TO BE
UNDERWRITING COMPENSATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
STATES THAT BY ACKNOWLEDGING THAT IT WILL DELIVER AND BY DELIVERING A
PROSPECTUS, A BROKER-DEALER WILL NOT BE DEEMED TO ADMIT THAT IT IS AN
"UNDERWRITER" WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

               FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER THE EXPIRATION DATE, THE COMPANY
WILL PROMPTLY SEND ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THIS PROSPECTUS AND ANY AMENDMENT OR
SUPPLEMENT TO THIS PROSPECTUS TO ANY BROKER-DEALER THAT REQUESTS SUCH DOCUMENTS
IN THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. THE COMPANY HAS AGREED TO PAY ALL EXPENSES
INCIDENT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER (INCLUDING THE EXPENSES OF ONE COUNSEL FOR THE
HOLDERS OF THE NOTES) OTHER THAN COMMISSIONS OR CONCESSIONS OF ANY BROKERS OR
DEALERS AND WILL INDEMNIFY THE HOLDERS OF THE NOTES (INCLUDING ANY
BROKER-DEALERS) AGAINST CERTAIN LIABILITIES, INCLUDING LIABILITIES UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT.

                   [IF APPLICABLE, ADD INFORMATION REQUIRED BY
                     REGULATION S-K ITEMS 507 AND/OR 508.]

                                                                               1

<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX D

RIDER A

                              CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO
               RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF
               ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

               NAME:
               ADDRESS:

RIDER B

           THE UNDERSIGNED REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT AN AFFILIATE OF THE
COMPANY, THAT ANY NEW NOTES TO BE RECEIVED BY IT WILL BE ACQUIRED IN THE
ORDINARY COURSE OF BUSINESS AND THAT AT THE TIME OF THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE
EXCHANGE OFFER IT HAD NO ARRANGEMENT WITH ANY PERSON TO PARTICIPATE IN A
DISTRIBUTION OF THE NEW NOTES.

           IN ADDITION, IF THE UNDERSIGNED IS NOT A BROKER-DEALER, THE
UNDERSIGNED REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT ENGAGED IN, AND DOES NOT INTEND TO ENGAGE
IN, A DISTRIBUTION OF NEW NOTES. IF THE UNDERSIGNED IS A BROKER-DEALER THAT WILL
RECEIVE NEW NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT IN EXCHANGE FOR NOTES, IT REPRESENTS THAT
THE NOTES TO BE EXCHANGED FOR NEW NOTES WERE ACQUIRED BY IT AS A RESULT OF
MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT
WILL DELIVER A PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH ANY RESALE OF SUCH NEW NOTES;
HOWEVER, BY SO ACKNOWLEDGING AND BY DELIVERING A PROSPECTUS, THE UNDERSIGNED
WILL NOT BE DEEMED TO ADMIT THAT IT IS AN "UNDERWRITER" WITHIN THE MEANING OF
THE SECURITIES ACT.

                                                                               1



                                                                    EXHIBIT 12.1
                                     MAXXIM
                       RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Pro Forma
                                                                 9 months  9 months  9 months  9 months
                    1991     1992     1993       1994     1995     1995      1996      1995      1996
                    -----    -----    ------    ------    ------    -----    ------    ------    ------
<S>                 <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>   
Pre-tax income ..   3,494    5,853     8,887    13,464     8,893    2,498    19,618    26,390    28,463
Interest Expense    1,163      999     1,476     2,059     4,088    2,001     5,582    22,415    17,788
     Total ......   4,657    6,852    10,363    15,523    12,981    4,499    25,200    48,805    46,251

Ratio of earnings
to fixed charges    400.43%  685.89%  702.10%   753.91%   317.54%   224.84%  451.45%   217.73%   260.01%
</TABLE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 24.1

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the use of our report incorporated herein by reference and to the
reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.

Richmond, Virginia                      KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
October 1, 1996

<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

The Board of Directors
Maxxim Medical, Inc.

We consent to the use of our report incorporated herein by reference and to the
reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.

Houston, Texas                          KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
October 1, 1996

                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.1
                              LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

                              MAXXIM MEDICAL, INC.
                                OFFER TO EXCHANGE
              10 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2006 WHICH HAVE
          BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
                           FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING
                   10 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2006

            Pursuant to the Prospectus dated September ______, 1996.

         THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME,
       ON ________________, 1996, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE").
              TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK
                    CITY TIME, ON ___________________, 1996.

                   BY MESSENGER, MAIL, OR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY:

                   First Union National Bank of North Carolina
                       230 South Tryon Street, Ninth Floor
                         Charlotte, North Carolina 28288
                      Attention: Corporate Trust Department

                             FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION:
                            (----) -----------------

                              CONFIRM BY TELEPHONE:
                             (-----) ---------------
                             Mr./Ms._______________

        DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE,
OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE,
WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

        The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus, dated September
____, 1996 (the "Prospectus"), of Maxxim Medical, Inc., a Texas corporation (the
"Company"), and this Letter of Transmittal (this "Letter"), which together
constitute the offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange an aggregate principal
amount of up to $100,000,000 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006 (the
"New Notes") for an equal principal amount of the outstanding 10 1/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes Due 2006 (the "Old Notes").

        For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Old Note
will receive a New Note having a principal amount at maturity equal to that of
the surrendered Old Note. The New Notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 10
1/2% per annum. Interest on the New Notes is payabLE semiannually, commencing
February 1, 1997, on February 1 and August 1 of each year (each, an "Interest
Payment Date") and shall accrue from July 30, 1996, or from the most recent
Interest Payment Date with respect to the Old Notes to which interest was paid
or for which interest was duly provided. The New Notes will mature on August 1,
2006.

        Subject to certain exceptions, in the event of a Registration Default
(as defined below), holders of Old Notes are entitled to receive Liquidated
Damages of $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes held by such
holders (up to a maximum n of $0.30 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Old
Notes). A "Registration Default" with respect to the Exchange Offer shall occur
if: (i) the registration statement concerning the exchange offer (the "Exchange
Offer Registration Statement") has not been filed with the Commission on or
prior to October 1, 1996; (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not
declared effective on or prior to November 15, 1996 (the "Effectiveness Target
Date"), (iii) the Company fails to consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to
December 15, 1996, or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be
effective during the period specified in the Registration Rights Agreement.
Holders of New Notes will not be and, upon consummation of the Exchange Offer,
holders of Old Notes will no longer be, entitled to (i) the right to receive the
Liquidated Damages or (ii) certain other rights under the Registration Rights
Agreement intended for holders of Old Notes. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed
consummated upon the occurrence of the delivery by the Company to the Registrar
under the Indenture of New Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the
aggregate principal amount of Old Notes that are tendered by holders thereof
pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

        The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, (i) to delay
accepting any Old Notes, (ii) to extend the Exchange Offer, in which event the
term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest time and date to which the Exchange
Offer is extended, (iii) if the Commission does not declare the Registration
Statement effective, to terminate the Exchange Offer, by giving oral or written
notice of such delay, extension, or termination to the Exchange Agent, and (iv)
to amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner. If the Exchange Offer is
amended in a manner determined by the Company to constitute a material change,
the Company will promptly disclose such amendments by means of a prospectus
supplement that will be distributed to the registered holders of the Old Notes.
Modifications of the Exchange Offer, including but not limited to extension of
the period during which the Exchange Offer is open, may require that at least
five business days remain in the Exchange Offer. In order to extend the Exchange
Offer, the Company will notify the Exchange Agent of any extension by oral or
written notice and will make a public announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00
a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously
scheduled Expiration Date.

        This Letter is to be completed by a holder of Old Notes either if Old
Notes are to be forwarded herewith or if a tender of Old Notes, if available, is
to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange
Agent at The Depository Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility")
pursuant to the procedure set forth in "The Exchange Offer" section of the
Prospectus. Holders of Old Notes whose Notes are not immediately available, or
who are unable to deliver their Notes or confirmation of the book-entry tender
of their Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility (a "Book-Entry Confirmation") and all other documents required by this
Letter to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, must tender
their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in
"The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus.
See Instruction 1. Delivery of documents to the Book Entry Transfer Facility
does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

        The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed
this Letter to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect
to the Exchange Offer.

        List below the Old Notes to which this Letter relates. If the space
provided below is inadequate, the Note numbers and principal amount of Old Notes
should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     DESCRIPTION OF OLD                 1                      2                      3
            NOTES
                                    Aggregate
   Name(s) and Address(es)       Note Number(s)*        Principal Amount       Principal Amount
   of Registered Holder(s)                               of Old Note(s)           Tendered**
 (Please fill in, if blank)
<S>                              <C>                    <C>                    <C> 

                                      Total
</TABLE>

*       Need not be completed if Old Notes are being tendered by book-entry
        transfer.

**      Unless otherwise indicated in this column, a holder will be deemed to
        have tendered the entire principal amount represented by the Old Note
        indicated in column 2. See Instruction 2. Old Notes tendered hereby must
        be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral
        multiple thereof. See Instruction 1.

|_|     CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK- ENTRY
        TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE
        BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

        Name of Tendering Institution _________________________________________

        Account Number  ________________  Transaction Code Number  ____________

|_|     CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A
        NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND
        COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

        Name of Registered Holder(s)  _________________________________________

        Window Ticket Number (if any)  ________________________________________

        Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery  ___________________

        Name of Institution which guaranteed delivery  ________________________

        IF DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

        Account Number  ________________  Transaction Code Number  ____________

|_|     CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10
        ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY
        AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

        Name:__________________________________________________________________

        Address:_______________________________________________________________

        ------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the
undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the aggregate principal amount of Old
Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for
exchange of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns
and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and
interest in and to such Old Notes as are being tendered hereby.

        The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has
full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Old Notes
tendered hereby and that the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title
thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and
not subject to any adverse claim when the same are accepted by the Company. The
undersigned hereby further represents that any New Notes acquired in exchange
for Old Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the ordinary course of
business of the person receiving such New Notes, whether or not such person is
the undersigned, that neither the holder of such Old Notes nor any such other
person is engaged in, or intends to engage in, a distribution of such New Notes,
or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the
distribution of such New Notes, and that neither the holder of such Old Notes
nor any such other person is an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), of the Company.

        The undersigned also acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made
based upon the Company's understanding of an interpretation by the staff of the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") as set forth in no-action
letters issued to third parties, including Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation,
SEC No-Action Letter (available April 13, 1989) (the "Exxon Capital Letter"),
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, SEC No-Action Letter (available June 5, 1991)
(the "Morgan Stanley Letter") and Shearman & Sterling, SEC No-Action Letter
(available July 2, 1993) (the "Shearman & Sterling Letter"), that the New Notes
issued in exchange for the Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be
offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other
than a broker-dealer who acquires such New Notes directly from the Company for
resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available
exemption under the Securities Act or any such holder that is an "affiliate" of
the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course
of such holders' business and such holders are not engaged in, and do not intend
to engage in, a distribution of such New Notes and have no arrangement with any
person to participate in the distribution of such New Notes. If a holder of Old
Notes is engaged in or intends to engage in a distribution of the New Notes or
has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the New
Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder could not rely
on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and must comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with any secondary resale transaction. If the undersigned is a
broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for
Old Notes, it represents that the Old Notes to be exchanged for the New Notes
were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with
any resale of such New Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

        The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional
documents deemed by the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the
sale, assignment and transfer of the Old Notes tendered hereby. All authority
conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter and every obligation of the
undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs,
executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of
the undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or
incapacity of the undersigned. This tender may be withdrawn only in accordance
with the procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer--Withdrawal Rights" section
of the Prospectus.

        Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled "Special Issuance
Instructions" below, please deliver the New Notes (and, if applicable,
substitute Notes representing the remaining principal balance of any Old Note
exchanged only in part) in the name of the undersigned or, in the case of a
book-entry delivery of Old Notes, please credit the account indicated above
maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility. Similarly, unless otherwise
indicated under the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" below, please
send the New Notes (and, if applicable, substitute Notes representing the
remaining principal balance of any Old Note exchanged only in part) to the
undersigned at the address shown above in the box entitled "Description of Old
Notes."

        THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED "DESCRIPTION OF OLD
NOTES" ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE OLD
NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX ABOVE.


                        SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS                      
                         (See Instructions 3 and 4)                            
                                                                               
     To be completed ONLY if Notes for Old Notes not                            
exchanged and/or New Notes are to be issued in the                              
name of and sent to someone other than the person(s)                            
whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter above, or                           
if Old Notes delivered by book-entry transfer which                             
are not accepted for exchange are to be returned by                             
credit to an account maintained at the Book-Entry                               
Transfer Facility other than the account indicated                              
above.                                                                          

Issue New Notes and/or Old Notes to:                                            

Name(s): ....................................................                   
                 (Please Type or Print)                                         

 .............................................................                
                 (Please Type or Print)                                         

Address:.....................................................                   
 .............................................................                
                 (Including Zip Code)                                           
(Complete accompanying Substitute Form W-9)                                     
Credit unexchanged Old Notes delivered by book-                                 
entry transfer to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility                              
account set forth below.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        (Book-Entry Transfer Facility
                       Account Number, if applicable)                          

                          SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
                           (See Instructions 3 and 4)
                                                                           
               To be completed ONLY if Notes for Old Notes                 
          not exchanged and/or New Notes are to be sent to                 
          someone other than the person(s) whose signature(s)              
          appear(s) on this Letter above or to such person(s) at           
          an address other than shown in the box entitled                  
          "Description of Old Notes" on this Letter above.                 
                                                                           
          Mail New Notes and/or Old Notes to:                              
                                                                           
          Name(s):..................................................       
                           (Please Type or Print)                          
                                                                           
          ..........................................................    
                           (Please Type or Print)                          
                                                                           
          Address:..................................................       
          ..........................................................    
                           (Including Zip Code)                            

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE OLD NOTES OR A
BOOK-ENTRY CONFIRMATION AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS OR THE NOTICE OF
GUARANTEED DELIVERY) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M.,
NEW YORK TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

                     PLEASE READ THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
                    CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING ANY BOX ABOVE

                                PLEASE SIGN HERE
                   (TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS)
                   (COMPLETE ACCOMPANYING SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9)

Dated:...................................................................., 1996

 ...............................................................................x

 ...............................................................................x
                               (Signature(s) of Owner)                    (Date)

Area Code and Telephone Number:.................................................
                                                                               
        If a holder is tendering any Old Notes, this Letter must be signed by
the registered holder(s) as the name(s) appear(s) on the Note(s) for the Old
Notes or by any person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by
endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee,
executor, administrator, guardian, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary
or representative capacity, please set forth full title. See Instruction 3.

        Name(s):................................................................
        ........................................................................
                                    (PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)                      
        Capacity:...............................................................
        Address:................................................................
        ........................................................................
                                     (INCLUDING ZIP CODE)                       
                                      SIGNATURE GUARANTEE                       
                                (IF REQUIRED BY INSTRUCTION 3)                 
                                                                              
        Signature(s) Guaranteed by
        an Eligible Institution:................................................
                                    (AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE)                      

        ........................................................................
                                            (TITLE)                             

        ........................................................................
                                        (NAME AND FIRM)                         

Dated:.....................................................................,1996

                                  INSTRUCTIONS

        FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER TO EXCHANGE
                10 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2006, WHICH
       HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
     FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING 10 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2006
                              MAXXIM MEDICAL, INC.

1.      DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER AND OLD NOTES; GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES.

        This Letter is to be completed by holders of Old Notes either if Notes
are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to be made pursuant to the
procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer set forth in "The Exchange
Offer--Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" section of the Prospectus. Physically
tendered Old Notes, or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, as well as a
properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile
thereof) and any other documents required by this Letter, must be received by
the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration
Date, or the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth below. Old Notes tendered hereby must be in denominations
of principal amount of $ 1,000 or any integral multiple thereof.

        Holders whose Old Notes are not immediately available or who cannot
deliver their Notes and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or
prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the procedure for
book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Old Notes pursuant to
the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures, (i)
such tender must be made through an Eligible Institution (as defined below),
(ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must receive from such
Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery,
substantially in the form provided by the Company (by facsimile transmission,
mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and address of the holder of Old
Notes and the principal amount of Old Notes tendered, stating that the tender is
being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange
("NYSE") trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery, all physically tendered Old Notes, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as
the case may be, and any other documents required by this letter will be
deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (iii) all
physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or Book-Entry
Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by this
Letter, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three NYSE trading days
after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

        The method of delivery of this Letter, the Old Notes and all other
required documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holders, but the
delivery will be deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the
Exchange Agent. If Old Notes are sent by mail, it is suggested that the mailing
be made sufficiently in advance of the Expiration Date to permit delivery to the
Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

        See "The Exchange Offer" section of the Prospectus.

2.      PARTIAL TENDERS (NOT APPLICABLE TO HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES WHO TENDER BY
        BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER).

        If less than the entire principal amount of any submitted Note is to be
tendered, the tendering holder(s) should fill in the aggregate principal amount
to be tendered in the box above entitled "Description of Old Notes--Principal
Amount Tendered." A reissued Note representing the balance of nontendered
principal of any submitted Old Notes will be sent to such tendering holder,
unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter, promptly after
the Expiration Date. THE ENTIRE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ANY OLD NOTES DELIVERED TO
THE EXCHANGE AGENT WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN TENDERED UNLESS OTHERWISE
INDICATED.

3.      SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER; ASSIGNMENTS AND ENDORSEMENT; GUARANTEE OF
        SIGNATURES.

        If this Letter is signed by the registered holder of the Old Notes
tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written
on the face of the Notes without any change whatsoever.

        If any tendered Old Notes are owned of record by two or more joint
owners, all such owners must sign this Letter.

        If any tendered Old Notes are registered in different names on several
Notes, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies
of this Letter as there are different registrations of Notes.

        When this Letter is signed by the registered holder of the Old Notes
specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of the submitted Notes or
separate instruments of assignment are required. If, however, the New Notes are
to be issued, or any untendered Old Notes are to be reissued, to a person other
than the registered holder, then endorsements of any Notes transmitted hereby or
separate instruments of assignment are required. Signatures on such Notes must
be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

        If this Letter is signed by a person other than the registered holder of
any Notes specified herein, such Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by
appropriate instruments of assignment, in either case signed exactly as the name
of the registered holder appears on the Notes and the signatures on such Notes
must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

        If this Letter or any Notes or instruments of assignment are signed by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company,
proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be
submitted.

        Endorsements on Old Notes or signatures on instruments of assignment
required by this Instruction 3 must be guaranteed by a firm which is a member of
a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., by a commercial bank or trust company
having an office or correspondent in the United States or by an "eligible
guarantor" institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (an "Eligible Institution").

        Signatures on this Letter need not be guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution, provided the Old Notes are tendered: (i) by a registered holder of
Old Notes (which term, for purposes of the Exchange Offer, includes any
participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility system whose name appears on a
security position listing as the holder of such Old Notes) tendered who has not
completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery
Instructions" on this Letter, or (ii) for the account of an Eligible
Institution.

4.      SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS.

        Tendering holders of Old Notes should indicate in the applicable box the
name and address to which New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer and/or
substitute Notes evidencing Old Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if
different from the name or address of the person signing this Letter. In the
case of issuance in a different name, the employer identification or social
security number of the person named must also be indicated. A holder of Old
Notes tendering Old Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Old Notes not
exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility as such holder of Old Notes may designate hereon. If no such
instructions are given, such Old Notes not exchanged will be returned to the
name or address of the person signing this Letter.

5.      TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER.

        Federal income tax law generally requires that a tendering holder whose
Old Notes are accepted for exchange must provide the Company (as payor) with
such Holder's correct Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN") on Substitute Form
W-9 below, which, in the case of a tendering holder who is an individual, is his
or her social security number. If the Company is not provided with the current
TIN or an adequate basis for an exemption, such tendering holder may be subject
to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. In addition, delivery
of New Notes to such tendering holder may be subject to backup withholding in an
amount equal to 31% of all reportable payments made after the exchange. If
withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained.

        Exempt holders of Old Notes (including, among others, all corporations
and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and
reporting requirements. See the enclosed Guidelines of Certification of Taxpayer
Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the "W-9 Guidelines") for
additional instructions.

        To prevent backup withholding, each tendering holder of Old Notes must
provide its correct TIN by completing the "Substitute Form W-9" set forth below,
certifying that the TIN provided is correct (or that such holder is awaiting a
TIN) and that (i) the holder is exempt from backup withholding, (ii) the holder
has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that such holder is
subject to a backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest
or dividends or (iii) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder that
such holder is no longer subject to backup withholding. If the tendering holder
of Old Notes is a nonresident alien or foreign entity not subject to backup
withholding, such holder must give the Company a completed Form W-8, Notice of
Foreign Status. These forms may be obtained from the Exchange Agent. If the Old
Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, such
holder should consult the W-9 Guidelines for information on which TIN to report.
If such holder does not have a TIN, such holder should consult the W-9
Guidelines for instructions on applying for a TIN, check the box in Part 2 of
the Substitute Form W-9 and write "applied for" in lieu of its TIN. Note:
checking-this box and writing "applied for" on the form means that such holder
has already applied for a TIN or that such holder intends to apply for one in
the near future. If such holder does not provide its TIN to the Company within
60 days, backup withholding will begin and continue until such holder furnishes
its TIN to the Company.

6.      TRANSFER TAXES.

        The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
transfer of Old Notes to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If,
however, New Notes and/or substitute Old Notes not exchanged are to be delivered
to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the
registered holder of the Old Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Old Notes are
registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter,
or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer of Old
Notes to the Company or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the amount of
any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other
persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of
payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the
amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

        EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS INSTRUCTION 6, IT IS NOT NECESSARY FOR
TRANSFER TAX STAMPS TO BE AFFIXED TO THE OLD NOTES SPECIFIED IN THIS LETTER.

7.      WAIVER OF CONDITIONS.

        The Company reserves the absolute right to waive satisfaction of any or
all conditions enumerated in the Prospectus.

8.      NO CONDITIONAL TENDERS.

        No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be
accepted. All tendering holders of Old Notes, by execution of this Letter, shall
waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Old Notes for
exchange.

        Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is
obligated to give notice of any defect or irregularity with respect to any
tender of Old Notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to
give any such notice.

9.      MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED OLD NOTES.

        Any holder whose Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or
destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for
further instructions.

10.     REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES.

        Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests
for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter, may be directed to the
Exchange Agent, at the address and telephone number indicated above.

                    TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS
                               (See Instruction 5)

                       PAYOR'S NAME: MAXXIM MEDICAL, INC.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBSTITUTE          |  Part 1 -- PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR
Form W-9            |  TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND
                    |  CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND
                    |  DATING BELOW.
Department of the   |-----------------------------------------------------------
Treasury            |  TIN:___________________________      
Internal Revenue    |          (Social Security Number or   
Service             |        Employer Identification Number)
                    |  
                    |-----------------------------------------------------------
Payor's Request for |
Taxpayer            |
Identification      |        Part 2 -- TIN Applied For [ ]
Number ("TIN")      |
and Certification   |
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           CERTIFICATION: UNDER PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT:

(1)   the number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number
      (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me).

(2)   I am not subject to backup withholding either because: (a) I am exempt
      from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal
      Revenue Service (the "IRS") that I am subject to backup withholding as a
      result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS
      has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and

(3)   any other information provided on this form is true and correct

   SIGNATURE....................................................................

   DATE...........................
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You must cross out item (2) of the above certification if you have been notified
by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of under reporting
of interest or dividends on your tax return and you have not been notified by
the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

           YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED
                    THE BOX IN PART 2 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

             CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has
not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application
to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue
Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail
or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not
provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of the exchange, 31 percent
of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld until I
provide a number.

_________________________________________________     __________________________
                Signature                                         Date


                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.2
                        NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY FOR

                              MAXXIM MEDICAL, INC.

        This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept
the Exchange Offer of Maxxim Medical, Inc. (the "Company") made pursuant to the
Prospectus, dated September ___, 1996 (the "Prospectus"), and the enclosed
Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal") if Old Notes are not
immediately available or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be
completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to
reach the Company prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date
of the Exchange Offer. Such form may be delivered or transmitted by facsimile
transmission, mail or hand delivery to First Union National Bank of North
Carolina (the "Exchange Agent") as set forth below. In addition, in order to
utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender Old Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, a completed, signed and dated Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof) must also be received by the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00
P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Capitalized terms not defined
herein are defined in the Prospectus.

    DELIVERY TO: FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF NORTH CAROLINA, EXCHANGE AGENT

                     BY MESSENGER, MAIL, OVERNIGHT DELIVERY:

                   First Union National Bank of North Carolina
                       230 South Tryon Street, Ninth Floor
                         Charlotte, North Carolina 28288
                      Attention: Corporate Trust Department

                             FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION:
                            (----) -----------------

                              CONFIRM BY TELEPHONE:
                             (-----) ---------------
                             Mr./Ms._______________

        DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE,
OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE,
WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the
accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the
Company the principal amount of Old Notes set forth below, pursuant to the
guaranteed delivery procedure described in "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C> 
Principal Amount of Old Notes Tendered:            Name(s) of Record Holders(s):

$
   Note Nos. (if available):
                                                   Address(es):





If Old Notes will be delivered by book-entry       Area Code and Telephone Number(s):
transfer to The Depositary Trust Company,
provide account number.

                                                   Signature(s):
Account Number
</TABLE>

                  THE ACCOMPANYING GUARANTEE MUST BE COMPLETED.

                                    GUARANTEE

                    (NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)

The undersigned, a firm that is a member firm of a registered national
securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.,
a commercial bank or trust company having an office correspondent in the United
States or any "eligible guarantor" institution within the meaning of Rule
17Ad-15 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby (a) guarantees to
deliver to the Exchange Agent, at its address set forth above, the Old Notes
described above, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation,
together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees, and any other
documents required by the Letter of Transmittal within three New York Stock
Exchange, Inc. trading days after the date of execution of this Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery.


Name of Firm:
                               (Authorized Signature)


Address:


Area Code and
Telephone Number:
                               Title:
                               Name:
                               Date:



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission